Abstract

Classification of the spectra of highly ionized atoms is reviewed for the period 1980–1983, thereby extending two previous reviews covering 1974–1980 [ B. C. Fawcett, Phys. Scr. 24, 663 ( 1981)] and pre-1980 [ B. C. Fawcett, Adv. At. Mol. Phys. 10, 223 ( 1974)]. A brief historical introduction outlines the renaissance of atomic spectroscopy, which was stimulated by space and fusion research. Relevant events in span science are summarized. A comprehensive bibliography is included.

© 1984 Optical Society of America

Full Article  |  PDF Article

References

  • View by:
  • |
  • |
  • |

  1. N. Acquista and J. Reader, “Spectrum and energy levels of triply ionized zirconium (Zr iv),” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 789–792 (1980).
    [Crossref]
  2. N. Acquista and J. Reader, “Spectrum and energy levels of nine-times ionized strontium (Sr x),” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 569–573 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  3. E. V. Aglitsky, E. Ya, Golts Yu, A. Levykin, and A. M. Livshits, “X-ray spectra of Ne-like ions of Ag, Cd, In and Sn,” J. Phys. B. 14, 1549–1552 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  4. T. Andersen, S. M. Bentzen, and O. Poulsen, “Doubly excited states in Be iii,” Phys. Scr. 22, 119–122 (1980).
    [Crossref]
  5. K. Ando, “New identification of spectra of Mo xvi 3d9–3d84p,” J. Phys. Soc. Jpn. 51, 15–16 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  6. S. Bashkin, R. Hallin, J. Leavitt, U. Litzen, and D. Walker, “Hydrogenic terms and the ionization potential fo Xe viii,” Phys. Scr. 23, 5–6 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  7. S. Bashkin and J. O. Stoner, Atomic Energy Level and Grotian Diagrams (North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1978–1982), Vols. 1–4.
  8. F. Bely-Dubau, J. Dubau, P. Faucher, and A. H. Gabriel, “Dielectronic satellite spectra for highly charged helium-like ions—VI. Iron spectra with improved inner-shell and helium-like excitation rates,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 198, 239–254 (1982).
  9. F. Bely-Dubau, J. Dubau, P. Faucher, A. H. Gabriel, M. Loulergue, L. Steenman-Clark, S. Volonté, E. Antonucci, and C. G. Rapley, “Dielectronic satellite spectra for highly-charged helium-like ions—VII. Calcium spectra-theory and comparison with SMM observations,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 210, 1155–1169 (1982).
  10. F. Bely-Dubau, P. Faucher, L. Steenman-Clark, M. Bitter, S. Von Goeler, K. W. Hill, C. Camhy-Val, and J. Dubau, “Satellite spectra for helium-like titanium,” Phys. Rev. A. 26, 3459–3669 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  11. S. M. Bentzen, T. Anderson, and O. Poulsen, “New identifications of doubly excited quartet states of Be ii,” J. Phys. B.L71–L74 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  12. H. G. Berry, “Multi-charged ion spectroscopy,” Phys. Scr. T3, 56–62 (1983).
    [Crossref]
  13. H. G. Berry, R. De Serio, and A. E. Livingston, “Wavelengths and fine structure of 2s–2p transitions in two- and three-electron ions,” Phys. Rev. A. 22, 998–1010 (1980).
    [Crossref]
  14. H. G. Berry, R. L. Brooks, K. T. Cheng, J. E. Hardis, and W. Ray, “The 5P–5S transitions in C iii, N iv and O iv,” Phys. Scr. 25, 391–393 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  15. E. Biemont and G. E. Bromage, “Transition probabilities for forbidden lines: The silicon isoelectronic sequence from S iii to Sn xxxvii,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. (to be published).
  16. M. Bitter, S. Von Goeler, K. W. Hill, R. Horton, D. Johnson, W. Roney, N. Sauthoff, E. Silver, and W. Stodiek, “Unresolved dielectronic satellites of the resonance line of helium-like iron (Fe xxv),” Phys. Rev. Lett. 47, 921–924 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  17. A. K. Bhatia and H. E. Mason, “Atomic calculation for Fe xxiii, UV and x-ray lines,” Astron. Astrophys. 103, 324–330 (1981).
  18. A. K. Bhatia and H. E. Mason, “Atomic calculations for Ca xvii, UV and x-ray lines,” Astron. Astrophys. Suppl. 52, 115–124 (1983).
  19. R. D. Bleach, “X-UV spectra from Kr xi-xiv,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 861–863 (1980).
    [Crossref]
  20. M. I. Bogdanovichene, E. Ya. Kononov, G. V. Merkelis, A. A. Ramonas, A. N. Ryabtsev, and S. S. Charilov, “Spectra of the 3p63d8–3p53d9 transition in Y xivMo xvii ions,” Opt. Spektrosk. 49, 447–452 (1980).
  21. R. A. Brown and D. E. Shemansky, “On the nature of S ii emission from Jupiter’s hot plasma torus,” Astrophys. J. 263, 433–442 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  22. W. A. Brown, M. E. Bruner, and L. W. Acton, “Performance of a solar soft x-ray spectrograph-telescope,” Astrophys. J. (to be published).
  23. V. A. Bryzgunov, S. Y. Lukyanov, A. M. Pakhomov, A. M. Potapov, and S. A. Chuvatin, Zh. Eksp. Theor. Fiz. 18, 1907 (1982).
  24. J. P. Buchet, M. C. Buchet-Poulizac, A. Denis, J. Désesquelles, M. Druetta, J. P. Grandin, and X. Husson, “Wavelength measurement of the 1s 2s3S1–1s 2p3P2transition in helium-like Fe24+,” Phys. Rev. A. 23, 3354–3356 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  25. M. C. Buchet-Poulizac and J. P. Buchet, “Beam-foil study of the 2s22p53/ and 2s 2p63/ configurations of Ar ix,” Phys. Scr. 27, 99–102 (1983).
    [Crossref]
  26. H. H. Bukow and G. Heine, “On two transitions in the quartet spectrum of Li i**,” Phys. Lett. A 82, 79–81 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  27. P. G. Burkhalter, J. Reader, and R. D. Cowan, “Spectra of Mo xiii–xviii from a laser-produced plasma and a low-inductance vacuum spark,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 912–919 (1980).
    [Crossref]
  28. P. G. Burkhalter, L. Cohen, R. D. Cowan, and B. Sweeny, “Spectra of Nb xii–xvii from a low-inductance vacuum spark,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 72, 95–102 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  29. P. K. Carrol and G. O’Sullivan, “The observation of 5d–5f resonant emission in thorium in high ion stages (≈viii to xvi),” Phys. Lett. A 84, 59–61 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  30. P. K. Carrol and G. O’Sullivan, “Ground-state configurations of ionic species i through xvi for Z= 57–74 and the interpretation of 4d–4f emission resonances in laser-produced plasmas,” Phys. Rev. A. 26, 275–286 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  31. M. S. Z. Chaghtai, Z. A. Khan, and K. Rahimullah, “4s24p2–4s 4p3 transitions in Zr ix,” J. Phys. B. 13, 2523–2526 (1980).
    [Crossref]
  32. M. S. Z. Chaghtai, Q. Shujauddin, and A. Mushtaq, “An experimental study of the 4p35p, 4f configurations of Nb viii,” J. Phys. B. 15, 2587–2594 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  33. M. S. Z. Chaghtai and T. Ahmad, “The molybedenum spectra of Mo i–xlii,” (International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, Austria, 1982).
  34. K. T. Cheng, C. L. Froese-Fischer, and Y. Kim, “Intershell correlation corrections to the energy levels of the n= 2 states of Li-like to F-like ions,” J. Phys. B. 15, 181–189 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  35. Y. Conturie, B. Yaakabi, U. Feldman, G. A. Doschek, and R. D. Cowan, “Observation of new lines of Xe xliv, xlv, xlvi and xlvii in the range 2.5–3.0 from laser-imploded targets,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 1309–1314 (1981).
  36. C. Corliss and J. Sugar, “Energy levels of nickel Ni i–Ni xxxviii,” J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data 10, 197–289 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  37. C. Corliss and J. Sugar, “Energy levels of iron Fe i–Fe xxvi,” J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data 11, 135–241 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  38. R. D. Cowan, The Theory of Atomic Structure and Spectra (U. California Press, Berkeley, Calif., 1981).
  39. R. D. Cowan, “Progress in the spectroscopy of highly ionized atoms and its use in plasma diagnostics,” Phys. Scr. 24, 615–621 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  40. R. D. Cowan, “Effects of autoionizing levels in highly ionized atoms,” Phys. Scr. T3, 200–207 (1983).
    [Crossref]
  41. R. D. Cowan, L. M. Hobbs, and D. G. York, “Theoretical oscillator strengths for 21 spin-forbidden lines of C, N, O, Al and Si,” Astrophys. J. 757, 373–375 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  42. L. J. Curtis and P.S. Ramanujam, “Semi-empirical calculations of fine structure splittings and ionization potentials in the Mg i isoelectronic sequence”; “Isoelectronic wavelength predictions for magnetic-dipole, electric-quadrupole and intercombination transitions in the Mg sequence,” Phys. Scr. 23, 1043–1046 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  43. R. De Serio, H. G. Berry, R. L. Brooks, J. Hardis, A. E. Livingston, and S. J. Hinterlog, “2s–2p transitions in helium-like ions,” Phys. Rev. A. 24, 1872–1888 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  44. G. A. Doschek, U. Feldman, and R. D. Cowan, “High resolution x-ray spectra of solar flares. V. Interpretation of inner-shell transitions in Fe xx–Fe xxiii,” Astrophys. J. 245, 315–327 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  45. M. Druetta, C. Jacques, and E. J. Knystautas, “Equilibrium charge state distributions in carbon, far-UV spectroscopes and radiative lifetimes of aluminium ions (Al vi–x),” J. Phys. B. 16, 167–176 (1983).
    [Crossref]
  46. J. Dubau, A. H. Gabriel, M. Loulergue, L. Steenman-Clark, and S. Voloné, “Dielectronic satellite spectra for hydrogen-like iron in low density plasmas,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 195, 705–719 (1981).
  47. J. Dabau and M. Loulergue, “High resolution spectra from inner-shell transitions in highly ionized chromium (Cr xix–xxiii),” J. Phys. B. 15, 1007–1019 (1981).
  48. B. Edlén, “A critical compilation of energy levels in the configurations 2smpk(m= 2, 1, 0) of F i-, O i- and Be i-like spectra,” Phys. Scr. 22, 593–602 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  49. B. Edlén, “Critical compilation of energy levels of the low configuration in boron-like ions,” Phys. Scr. 23, 1079–1086 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  50. B. Edlén, “Accurate values of the energy intervals in the configurations 1s22s22p(k= 1–5),” Phys. Scr. 26, 71–83 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  51. B. Edlén, “Early observations of highly charged ions,” Phys. Scr. 25, 5–6 (1983).
    [Crossref]
  52. B. Edlén, “Comparison of theoretical and experimental level values of the n= 2 complex in ions isoelectronic with Li, Be, O and F,” Phys. Scr. 25, 293–310 (1983).
  53. B. Edlén, “Comparison of theoretical and experimental level values of the n= 2 configurations in the boron isoelectronic sequence,” Phys. Scr. 25, 345–358 (1983).
  54. J. O. Ekberg, “Term analysis of Fe vii,” Phys. Scr. 23, 7–20 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  55. J. O. Ekberg and L. Engström, “Extended analysis of Cr iv,” Phys. Scr. 25, 611–622 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  56. M. Eidelsberg, F. Crifo-Magnant, and C. J. Zeippen, “Forbidden lines in hot astronomical sources,” Astron. Astrophys. Suppl. 43, 455–471 (1981).
  57. G. L. Epstein and J. Reader, “Spectrum and energy levels of triply ionized yttrium (Y iv),” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 72, 476–492 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  58. B. C. Fawcett, “Recent progress in the classification of the spectra of highly ionized atoms,” Adv. At. Mol. Phys. 10, 223–291 (1974).
    [Crossref]
  59. B. C. Fawcett, A. Ridgeley, and A. T. Hatter, “Spectra of transitions within the second shell belonging to elements between argon and vanadium,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 11, 1349–1354 (1980).
    [Crossref]
  60. B. C. Fawcett, “Classification of the spectra of highly ionized atoms during the last seven years,” Phys. Scr. 24, 663–680 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  61. B. C. Fawcett, “Oscillator strengths and energy levels for Mg i-like ions,” At. Data Nucl. Data Tables 28, 579–596 (1983).
    [Crossref]
  62. B. C. Fawcett, “Oscillator strengths and energy levels for Al i-like ions,” At. Data Nucl. Data Tables 28, 557–578 (1983).
    [Crossref]
  63. B. C. Fawcett, “Oscillator strengths and energy levels O v to Ni xxv,” At. Data Nucl. Data Tables 30, 1–26 (1984).
    [Crossref]
  64. B. C. Fawcett, “Oscillator strengths Be i to O iv,” At. Data Nucl. Data Tables (to be published).
  65. B. C. Fawcett, “The atomic structure Hartree–Fock-relativistic and Hartree–XR program-package translated for IBM from the Cowan-CDC version, plus the Zeeman parameter optimisation,” (Rutherford Appleton Laboratory, Chilton, U.K., 1983).
  66. B. C. Fawcett and A. Ridgeley, “Analysis of n= 3 to n= 4 spectra for ions from Mg x to Fe xxiv and P xi, xii,” J. Phys. B.203–208 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  67. U. Feldman, G. A. Doschek, and R. W. Kreplin, “High-resolution x-ray spectra of the 1979 March 25 solar flare,” Astrophys. J. 238, 365–374 (1980).
    [Crossref]
  68. U. Feldman, “The use of spectra/emission lines in the diagnostics of hot solar plasmas,” Phys. Scr. 24, 681–711 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  69. M. Finkenthal, R. E. Bell, H. W. Moos, A. K. Bhatia, E. S. Marmar, J. L. Terry, and J. E. Rice, “The molybdenum spectrum emitted by a tokamak plasma in the 300–550 Å range,” Phys. Lett. A 82, 123–126 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  70. M. Finkenthal, R. E. Bell, and R. W. Moos, “Intercombination lines in Mg i-like Ti xi, V xii, Cr xiii and Fe xv spectrum obtained from a tokamak plasma,” Phys. Lett. A 88, 165–168 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  71. M. Finkenthal, E. Hinnov, S. Cohen, and S. Suckewer, “The 3s2 1S0–3s 3p3P1magnesium sequence intercombination lines from Sc x to Mo xxxi observed in the PLT tokamak,” Phys. Lett. 91, 284–286 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  72. M. Finkenthal, R. E. Bell, and H. W. Moos, “Forbidden (M i) lines in the spectra of titanium, vanadium, chromium, iron, and nickel observed in the TFR tokamak plasma,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. (to be published).
  73. B. S. Fraenkel, “Space resolved x-ray spectroscopy for tokamak,” X-Ray Spectrom. 9, 189–194 (1980).
    [Crossref]
  74. C. Froese-Fischer, “Multiconfiguration Hartree–Fock Breit–Pauli 2P1/2–2P3/2transitions results for in the boron sequence,” J. Phys. B.157–165 (1983).
    [Crossref]
  75. K. Fukuda and T. Hasama, “Extreme ultraviolet spectra of emission from plasma focus. III. A iv to ix and Si vi to x ion lines from 60 to 350 Å,” Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 21, 178 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  76. R. Glass, “Oscillator strengths, transition probabilities and lifetimes for allowed transitions in Ne vii,” Phys. Scr. 23, 24–28 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  77. Z. B. Goldschmidt, “The 3d 5g configuration of V vi,” J. Phys. B. 15, L581–L585 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  78. J. E. Hansen and W. P. Persson, “Revised analysis of the 5p4 ground configuration of two-times ionized Xe (Xe iii) and reevaluation of transition probabilities for forbidden lines within this configuration,” Phys. Scr. 25, 487–590 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  79. J. E. Hansen and A. J. J. Raassen, “A study of fitted and calculated parameter values in iii, iv, V and vi spectra of the iron group elements,” Physica 111C, 76–101 (1981).
  80. T. Hasama, Y. Onishi, M. Uchiike, and K. Fukuda, “Extreme ultraviolet spectra of emission from plasma focus. I. Fe ion lines from 70 to 210 Å,” Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 20, 2269–2279 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  81. T. Hasama and K. Fukuda, “Extreme ultraviolet spectra of emission from plasma focus. II. Ar xi to Ar xv ion lines from 130 to 230 Å,” Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 21, 173–177 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  82. J. Hata and I. P. Grant, “MCDF calculation of wavelengths and intensities of satellite lines in lithium-like ions,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 198, 1081–1088 (1982).
  83. J. Hata and I. P. Grant, “The 1s 2s 2p2 5P–1s 2p3 5S transitions in the beryllium isoelectronic sequence,” J. Phys. B. 16, L125–L128 (1983).
    [Crossref]
  84. J. Hata and I. P. Grant, “Fine structure of the 1s 2s 2p4P∘ and 1s 2p2 4P terms of the lithium isoelectronic sequence and wavelengths of transitions between them,” J. Phys. B. 16, 915–925 (1983).
    [Crossref]
  85. E. Hinnov and S. Suckewer, “Magnetic dipole transitions in highly ionized titanium, chromium, iron and nickel,” Phys. Lett. A 79, 298–299 (1980).
    [Crossref]
  86. E. Hinnov, S. Suckewer, S. Cohen, and K. Sato, “Observed transitions in n= 2 ground-state configurations of copper, nickel, iron, chromium and germanium in tokamak discharges,” Phys. Rev. A. 25, 2293–2301 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  87. S. Huldt, S. Johansson, and U. Litzen, “The spectrum and term system of singly ionized titanium, Ti ii,” Phys. Scr. 25, 401–412 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  88. C. Jacques, E. J. Knystautas, R. Drouin, and H. G. Berry, “Line identifications and lifetime measurements in singly and doubly excited C iv and in C v,” Can. J. Phys. 58, 1093–1098 (1980).
    [Crossref]
  89. I. Joelsson, P. O. Zetterberg, and C. E. Magnusson, “The spectrum and term system of S v,” Phys. Scr. 23, 1087–1095 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  90. S. Johansson, “Atomic spectroscopy for astrophysical applications,” Space Science Rev. 30, 387–390 (1981).
  91. B. M. Johnson, K. W. Jones, J. L. Cecchi, and T. H. Kruse, “EUV spectra of Mo xiv to Mo xxix,” Phys. Lett. A 78, 61–64 (1980).
    [Crossref]
  92. B. M. Johnson, K. W. Jones, and D. C. Gregory, “Contributions to fusion research from studies of foil-excited heavy ion beams,” IEEE Trans. Nucl. Sci. NS-28, 1350–1353 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  93. Y. N. Joshi and Th. A. M. Van Kleef, “Revised and extended analysis of Cd iv,” Can. J. Phys. 58, 737–743 (1980).
    [Crossref]
  94. Y. N. Joshi and Th. A. M. Van Kleef, “The 4d85s, 4d85p and 4p54d10 configurations in the Te viii spectrum and the 4d86s configuration in the Te vii spectrum,” Can. J. Phys. 58, 1119–1125 (1980).
    [Crossref]
  95. Y. N. Joshi and Th. A. M. Van Kleef, “Ninth spectrum of iodine: I ix,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 1344–1349 (1980).
    [Crossref]
  96. Y. N. Joshi and Th. A. M. Van Kleef, “Ninth spectrum of bromine: Br ix,” Phys. Scr. 23, 249–252 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  97. Y. N. Joshi and Th. A. M. Van Kleef, “Sixth spectrum of indium: In vi,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 72, 259–267 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  98. C. Jupen, “Beam-foil study of the 2p53s, 3p and 3d configurations of Cl viii,” Nucl. Instrum. Methods 202, 25–32 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  99. D. T. Kagan, J. G. Conway, and E. Meinders, “Spectrum and energy levels of four-times-ionized niobium,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 1193–1196 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  100. E. Källne and J. Källne, “High resolution x-ray spectroscopy for diagnostics of single tokamak discharges,” Phys. Scr. T3, 185–190 (1983).
    [Crossref]
  101. E. Källne, J. Källne, and J. E. Rice, “Observation of H- and He-like x-ray line emission in high-density tokamak plasmas,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 49, 330–333 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  102. E. Källne, J. Källne, and R. D. Cowan, “High-resolution x-ray spectra from molybdenum ions in the Alcator-C tokamak,” Phys. Rev. A. 27, 2682–2696 (1983).
    [Crossref]
  103. E. Källne, J. Källne, and A. K. Pradhan, “X-ray emission from He-like n= 2 charge states produced in tokamak plasmas,” Phys. Rev. A. 27, 1476–1486 (1983).
    [Crossref]
  104. S. O. Kastner, “Proposed Mg v, Fe xiv and forbidden Fe xvii line identifications in the EUV solar spectrum,” Solar Phys. 81, 59–61 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  105. S. O. Kastner, “Proposed Mg v, Fe xiv and forbidden Fe xvii line identifications in the EUV solar spectrum,” Solar Phys. 81, 59–61 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  106. V. Kaufman, “The spectrum of neutral sulfur (S i) in the vacuum ultraviolet,” Phys. Scr. 26, 439–442 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  107. V. Kaufman and J. Sugar, “Ag i isoelectronic sequence: wavelengths and energy levels for I vii through La xi,” Phys. Scr. 24, 738–741 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  108. V. Kaufman, J. Sugar, and D. Cooper, “N i isoelectronic sequence: observations of 2sm 2pn–2sm−12pn+1 intersystem transitions and improved measurements for Cl xi, K xiii, Ca xiv, Sc xv, Ti xvi and V xvii,” Phys. Scr. 26, 163–167 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  109. V. Kaufman, J. Sugar, and D. Cooper, “F i and O i isoelectronic sequences: observations of 2sm 2pn–;2sm−12pn+1 intersystem transitions and improved measurements for Cl, K, Ca, Sc, Ti and V,” Phys. Scr. 25, 623–626 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  110. V. Kaufman, J. Sugar, and J. L. Tech, “Analysis of the 4d9–4d85p transitions in nine-times ionized xenon (Xe x),” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 73, 691–693 (1983).
    [Crossref]
  111. R. L. Kelly, “Atomic and ionic spectrum lines below 2000 Å,” , (Oak Ridge, National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn., Controlled Fusion Atomic Data 1982); see also R. L. Kelly, NASA Tech. Memor. 80268 (National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, D.C., 1979); R. L. Kelly and L. J. Palumbo, NRL Rep. 7599 (Naval Research Laboratory, Washington, D.C., 1973).
    [Crossref]
  112. J. A. Kernahan, E. H. Pinnington, J. A. O’Neill, J. L. Bahr, and K. E. Donnelly, “Study of the beam-foil spectrum of Xe vi, Xe vii and Xe viii from 500 to 1550 Å,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 1126–1130 (1980).
    [Crossref]
  113. Z. A. Khan, M. S. Z. Chaghtai, and K. Rahimullah, “Resonance transitions in Zr viii,” J. Phys. B. 13, 2517–2522 (1980).
    [Crossref]
  114. M. A. Khan, “Spectra of Sn xx–Sn xxii in the extreme ultraviolet,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 72, 268–272 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  115. Z. A. Khan, M. S. Z. Chaghtai, and K. Rahimullah, “Classified lines and energy levels of doubly ionized zirconium (Zr iii),” Phys. Scr. 23, 29–37 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  116. Z. A. Khan, M. S. Z. Chaghtai, and K. Rahimullah, “Spectrum of five times ionized zirconium (Zr vi),” Phys. Scr. 23, 837–842 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  117. Z. A. Khan, K. Rahimullah, and M. S. Z. Chaghtai, “Additions to the spectrum of quadruply ionized zirconium (Zr v),” Phys. Scr. 23, 843–848 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  118. Z. A. Khan, M. S. Z. Chaghtai, and K. Rahimullah, “Transitions between excited energy levels of Zr vii,” J. Phys. B. 16, 1685–1693 (1983).
    [Crossref]
  119. M. Klapisch, A. Bar-Shalom, P. Mandelbaum, J. L. Schwob, A. Zigler, H. Zmora, and S. Jackel, “Nickel-like spectra of Tm xlii and Yb xliii from laser produced plasma,” Phys. Lett. A 79, 67–70 (1980).
    [Crossref]
  120. M. Klapisch, P. Mandelbaum, J. L. Schwob, A. Bar-Shalom, and N. Schweitzer, “3d–4p transitions in the soft x-ray spectra of Mo xiv and of isoelectronic Y to Ag ions, from a low-inductance vacuum spark,” Phys. Lett. A 84, 177–181 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  121. J. Klapisch, P. Mandelbaum, A. Bar-Shalom, J. L. Schwob, A. Zigler, and S. Jackel, “Identification of 3d–4p transitions in Co-like W xl, W iii and Tm xliii and in Cu-like W xlvi and Tm xli from laser produced plasmas,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 1276–1281 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  122. M. Klapisch, E. Meroz, P. Mandelbaum, A. Zigler, C. Bauche-Arnoult, and J. Bauche, “Interpretation of unresolved arrays in the soft x-ray spectra of highly ionized molybdenum and palladium,” Phys. Rev. A. 25, 2391–2394 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  123. H. A. Klein, S. Bashkin, B. P. Duval, F. Moscatelli, J. D. Silver, H. F. Beyer, and F. Folkmann, “Observations of the 1s 2s3S1–1s 2p3P2,0transitions in helium-like Ne8+ recoil ions produced in a gas target,” J. Phys. B. 15, 4507–4516 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  124. E. Ya. Kononov, “Spectra of highly ionized atoms in hot plasmas: conditions for production and observation,” Phys. Scr. 27, 117–124 (1983).
    [Crossref]
  125. V. I. Kovalev, preprint No. 8 (Institute for Spectroscopy, Moscow, 1981).
  126. V. V. Krutov, V. V. Korneev, V. Karev, V. M. Lomkova, G. Bromboszcz, M. Saikowski, J. Sylwester, and S. Vasha, “Analysis of the high-resolution x-ray spectra obtained aboard the Intercosmos 16 satellite,” Solar Phys. 73, 105–119 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  127. K. D. Lawson, N. J. Peacock, and M. F. Stamp, “Allowed and forbidden n= 2–2 transitions of the elements Ti, Cr, Fe, Co and Ni in tkamak discharges,” J. Phys. B. 14, 1929–1952 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  128. A. E. Livingston and S. J. Hinterlong, “Observation of fine structure in the 1s 2s 2p25P–5P–1s 2p3 5S transition of core-excited O v,” Phys. Lett. A 80, 372–374 (1980).
    [Crossref]
  129. A. E. Livingston, L. J. Curtis, R. M. Schectman, and H. G. Berry, “Energies and lifetimes of excited states in copper-like Kr viii,” Phys. Rev. A. 21, 771–781 (1980).
    [Crossref]
  130. A. E. Livingston, E. H. Pinnington, D. J. G. Irwin, J. A. Kernahan, and R. L. Brooks, “Energies and lifetimes of excited atomic states in Ar v–Ar viii,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 442–447 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  131. A. E. Livingston and S. J. Hinterlong, “Spectrum of Br vii,” Phys. Rev. A. 23, 758–760 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  132. J. G. Lunney and J. F. Seely, “Inner-shell excitation of argon dielectronic satellite spectral lines in imploded microballoon plasmas,” J. Phys. B.L121–L127 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  133. J. G. Lunney and J. F. Seely, “Silicon satellite spectra from laser-imploded microballoons,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 46, 342–345 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  134. A. M. Malvezzi, “The grazing incidence spectrum and term system of N vi,” Phys. Scr. 27, 413–416 (1983).
    [Crossref]
  135. S. Mannervik, “Identification of the 8508 Å line in lithium,” Phys. Lett. 92, 229–230 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  136. S. Mannervik and H. Cederquist, “The quartet system of Li i,” Phys. Scr. 27, 175–182 (1983).
    [Crossref]
  137. S. Mannervik, I. Martinson, and B. Jelenkovic, “On the quartet system of Be ii,” J. Phys. B. 14, L275–L278 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  138. P. Mandelbaum, M. Klapisch, A. Bar-Shalom, and J. L. Schwob, “Classification of x-ray spectra from laser produced plasmas of atoms from Tm to Pt in the range 6–9 Å,” Phys. Scr. 27, 39–53 (1983).
    [Crossref]
  139. E. Markiewicz, R. P. McEachran, and M. Cohen, “The polarised frozen-core approximation: oscillator strengths for the beryllium isoelectronic sequence,” Phys. Scr. 23, 828–834 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  140. W. C. Martin, “Series formulae for the He i-like spectra Na x through Ar xvii (z= 11–18),” Phys. Scr. 24, 725–731 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  141. C. Martin and R. Zalubus, “Energy levels of sodium Na i–xi,” J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data 10, 153–195 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  142. I. Martinson, “Spectra and level classification of highly ionized atoms,” Phys. Scr. 23, 126–135 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  143. I. Martinson, “Recent progress in the studies of atomic spectra and transition probabilities by beam-foil spectroscopy,” Nucl. Instrum. Methods 202, 1–12 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  144. I. Martinson, “Studies of atomic structure using ion accelerators,” Comments At. Mol. Phys. 12, 19–37 (1982).
  145. I. Martinson, B. Denne, J. O. Ekberg, L. Engström, S. Huldt, C. Jupen, U. Litzen, S. Mannervik, and A. Trigueiros, “Transitions in multiply excited F vi and F vii,” Phys. Scr. 27, 201–206 (1983).
    [Crossref]
  146. H. E. Mason and P. J. Storey, “Atomic data for Fe xxii,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 191, 631–639 (1980).
  147. M. Mazzoni, G. P. Tozzi, A. M. Cantu, and M. Pettini, “Extended analysis of the VUV spectrum of neutral carbon,” Physica 111C, 379–385 (1981).
  148. M. McCabe and H. C. McAllister, “Identification of Fe i lines in the ultraviolet solar spectrum,” Astrophys. J. Suppl. 48, 434–454 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  149. D. L. McKenzie, P. B. Landecker, R. M. Broussard, H. R. Rugge, R. M. Young, U. Feldman, and G. A. Doschek, “Solar flare x-ray spectra between 7.8 and 23.0 angstroms,” Astrophys. J. 241, 409–416 (1980).
    [Crossref]
  150. D. L. McKenzie and P. B. Landecker, “The solar coronal x-ray spectrum from 15.4 to 23.0 Å lines from highly ionized calcium and chromium and their usefulness as plasma diagnostics,” Astrophys. J. 254, 309–317 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  151. E. Meinders and P. Uijlings, “Extended analysis of Cu iv; the wavelength region 700–1200 Å,” Physica 100C, 389–403 (1980).
  152. E. Meinders, F. G. Meijer, and L. Remnijn, “The spectrum of triply ionized niobium,” Phys. Scr. 25, 527–535 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  153. K. Mori, “Grotian diagrams for highly ionized Ti V-Ti XXII (Tokia-Mura, Naka-Gun, Ibaraki-Ken, Japan, 1982).
  154. R. Okasada and K. Fukuda, “Doubly excited levels of alkaline-earth elements near the first ionization line: I. Magnesium,” J. Phys. B. 15, 347–355 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  155. R. Okasada and K. Fukuda, “Doubly excited levels of alkaline-earth elements near the first ionization line: II. Calcium,” J. Phys. B. 15, 357–370 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  156. M. V. Penston, P. Benvenuti, A. Cassatella, A. Heck, P. Selvelli, F. Macchetto, D. Ponz, C. Jordan, N. Cramer, F. Rufener, and J. Manfroid, “IUE and other new observations of the slow nova RR Tel,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 202, 833–857 (1983).
  157. S. G. Pettersson, “The spectrum of O iii,” Phys. Scr. 26, 296–318 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  158. J. E. Pettersson, “The spectrum of singly ionized sulphur S ii,” Ph.D. Thesis (University of Lund, Lund, Sweden1982).
  159. K. J. H. Phillips, J. W. Leibacher, C. J. Wolfson, J. H. Parkinson, B. C. Fawcett, B. J. Kent, H. E. Mason, L. W. Acton, J. L. Culhane, and A. H. Gabriel, “Solar flare x-ray spectra from the Solar Maximum Mission flat crystal spectrometer,” Astrophys. J. 256, 774–787 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  160. K. J. H. Phillips, J. R. Lemen, R. D. Cowan, G. A. Doscheck, and J. W. Leibacher, “Inner-shell transitions in Fe xix–xxii in the x-ray spectra of solar flares and tokamaks,” Astrophys. J. 265, 1120–1134 (1983).
    [Crossref]
  161. E. H. Pinnington, J. L. Bahr, J. A. Kernahan, and D. J. G. Irwin, “Beam-foil spectroscopy of As iii, iv and v,” J. Phys. B. 14, 1291–1301 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  162. L. I. Podobedova, A. A. Ramonas, and A. N. Ryabtsev, “Study of the 3d8–3d74p transition in the spectrum of Ge vii,” Opt. Spektrosk. 49, 453–459 (1980).
  163. A. J. J. Raassen, “Analysis of the sixth spectrum of nickel (Ni vi),” Physica 100C, 404–424 (1980).
  164. A. J. J. Raassen and Th. A. M. Van Kleef, “Analysis of the sixth spectrum of copper (Cu VI),” Physica 103C, 412–428 (1981).
  165. A. J. J. Raassen and J. E. Hansen, “Forbidden lines of four and five times ionized iron and nickel in the spectra of RR Telescop II and ETA carinae,” Astrophys. J. 243, 217–222 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  166. K. Rahimullah, Z. A. Khan, and M. S. Z. Chaghtai, “Spectrum of trebly ionized zirconium (Zr iv),” Phys. Scr. 22, 493–497 (1980).
    [Crossref]
  167. J. Reader, “2s22p5–2s 2p6 transitions in the fluorine-like ions Sr29+ and Y30+,” Phys. Rev. A. 26, 501–503 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  168. J. Reader, “3p63d9–3p53d10 transitions in cobalt-like ions from Ba29+ to Yb43+,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 73, 63–65 (1983).
    [Crossref]
  169. J. Reader, 5s25p4–5s 5p5 transitions in Cs iv, Ba v, and La vi,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 73, 349–352 (1983).
    [Crossref]
  170. J. Reader, “3s2–3s 3p and 3s 3p–3s 3d transitions in magnesium-like ions from Sr26+ to Rh33+,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 73, 796–799 (1983).
    [Crossref]
  171. J. Reader and G. Luther, “Spectra of very highly charged Cu and Zn-like ions,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 45, 600–612 (1980).
    [Crossref]
  172. J. Reader and G. Luther, “The copper isoelectronic sequence: Ba27+–W45+,” Phys. Scr. 24, 732–737 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  173. J. Reader and A. Ryabtsev, “3p63d8–3p53d9 transitions in Sr xiii, Y xiv, Nb xvi, and Mo xvii,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 231–237 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  174. J. Reader and N. Acquista, “Spectrum and energy levels of twelve-times ionized niobium (Nb xiii),” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 317–320 (1980).
    [Crossref]
  175. J. Reader and N. Acquista, “4s24p3–4s 4p4 and 4s24p3–4s24p25s transitions in Y vii, Zr viii, Nb ix, and Mo x,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 434–441 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  176. J. Reader, G. Luther, and N. Acquista, “Revised 6p2P1/2level of Mo xiv,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 204 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  177. J. R. Roberts, V. Kaufman, J. Sugar, and T. L. Pittman, “Magnetic-dipole transitions observed in highly ionized Ga, Ge, As and Kr,” Phys. Rev. 27, 1271–1273 (1983).
  178. P. L. Roesler, R. J. Oliversen, F. Scherb, J. Lattis, T. E. Williams, D. G. York, E. B. Jenkins, J. L. Lawrance, P. Zucchino, and D. Long, “Fabray–Perot/CCP observations of [S iii] and [S ii] emissions from the Jupiter plasma torus,” Astrophys. J. 259, 900–907 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  179. A. N. Ryabtsev and A. A. Ramonas, “3d3–3d24p transitions in the spectrum of Co vii,” Opt. Spektrosk. 49, 1050–1057 (1980).
  180. A. N. Ryabtsev and J. Reader, “Spectra of the cobalt-like ions Sr xii, Y xiii, Zr xiv, Nb xv and Mo xvi,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 72, 710–716 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  181. N. Schweitzer, M. Klapisch, J. L. Schwob, M. Finkenthal, P. Bar-Shalom, P. Mandelbaum, and B. S. Fraenkel, “Nickel-like spectra of elements Y xii to Ag xx from a vacuum spark,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 219–226 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  182. J. F. Saely, “Simulated Lyman-alpha and dielectronic satellite spectra, z= 6–20*,” At. Data Nucl. Data Tables 26, 137–164 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  183. Q. Shujauddin, A. Mushtag, and M. S. Z. Chaghtai, “The fifth spectrum of niobium (Nb v),” Phys. Scr. 25, 924–928 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  184. Q. Shujauddin, M. S. Z. Chaghtai, A. Mushtag, and A. Tauheed, “The spectrum of five-times ionized niobium (Nb vi),” Phys. Scr. 26, 91–96 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  185. R. Smitt and L. A. Svensson, “The configurations 3s23p53d and 3s 3p63d in Mn viii and Fe ix,” Phys. Scr. 27, 364–366 (1983).
    [Crossref]
  186. N. Spector, A. Zigler, H. Zmora, and J. L. Schwob, “Cr, Co and Ni transitions isoelectronic to the Fe xxiv–Fe xvii lines around 11 Å in laser-produced plasma,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 857–861 (1980).
    [Crossref]
  187. M. F. Stamp, I. A. Armour, N. J. Peacock, and J. D. Silver, “Accurate measurements of 1s 2s3S–1s 2p3P transition wavelengths of helium-like ions in tokamak plasmas,” J. Phys. B. 14, 3551–3561 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  188. M. F. Stamp and N. J. Peacock, “Improved wavelengths of n= 2–2 transitions in ionized titanium,” J. Phys. B. 15, L703–L707 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  189. B. C. Stratton, W. L. Hodge, H. W. Moos, J. L. Schwob, S. Suckewer, M. Finkenthal, and S. Cohen, “Spectra of germanium and selenium in the 50–350 Å region from the PLT tokamak plasma,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 73, 877–881 (1983).
    [Crossref]
  190. A. R. Striganov and G. A. Odintsova, Tabulated Spectral Lines of Atoms and Ions (Ehnergiozdat, Moscow, 1982).
  191. S. Suckewer, “Spectroscopic diagnostics of tokamak plasmas,” Phys. Scr. 23, 72–86 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  192. S. Suckewer, E. Hinnov, S. Cohen, M. Finkenthal, and K. Sato, “Identification of magnetic dipole lines above 2000 Å in several highly ionized Mo and Zr ions on the PLT tokamak,” Phys. Rev. A. 26, 1161–1163 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  193. J. Sugar and V. Kaufman, “Tokamak-generated tungsten radiation identified in Ag i isoelectronic sequence (W xxviii),” Phys. Rev. A. 21, 2096–2098 (1980).
    [Crossref]
  194. J. Sugar and C. Corliss, “Energy levels of cobalt Co i–Co xxvii,” J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data 10, 1097–1174 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  195. J. Sugar and V. Kaufman, “Ag i isoelectronic sequence: wavelengths and energy levels for Cc xii through Ho xxi and for W xxviii,” Phys. Scr. 24, 742–746 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  196. J. Sugar and V. Kaufman, “Resonance lines in the Pd i isoelectronic sequence: iviii to Ho xxii,” Phys. Scr. 26, 419–421 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  197. J. Sugar, V. Kaufman, and D. Cooper, “C i isoelectronic sequence: observations of 2sm 2pn–2sm−12pn+1 intersystem transitions and improved measurement for Ci xii, K xiv, Ca xv, Sc xvi, Ti xvii and V xviii,” Phys. Scr. 26, 189–193 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  198. J. Sugar, V. Kaufman, and D. Cooper, “B i isoelectronic sequence: observation of 2s 2p2–2p3 intersystem lines in Sc xvii and improved measurements for Cl xiii, K xv, Ca xvi, Sc xvii and Ti xviii,” Phys. Scr. 26, 293–295 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  199. N. Svendenivs, C. E. Magnusson, and P. O. Zetterberg, “The spectrum of singly ionized phosphorus, P ii,” Phys. Scr. 27, 339–363 (1983).
    [Crossref]
  200. E. Traebert, B. C. Fawcett, and J. D. Silver, “One- and two-electron one-photon satellite transitions in the x-ray spectrum of foil excited F and Si,” J. Phys. B. 15, 3587–3597 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  201. E. Traebert, H. Hellmann, P. H. Heckmann, S. Bashkin, H. A. Klein, and J. D. Silver, “Fine structure transitions in doubly excited three-electron Mg9+,” Phys. Lett. A 93, 76–80 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  202. E. Traebert, K. W. Jones, B. M. Johnson, D. C. Gregory, and T. H. Kruse, “Beam-foil lifetimes of n= 3 levels in Fe xiii to Fe xvi. II. Analysis of decay curves,” Phys. Lett. A 87, 336–340 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  203. L. A. Vainshtein and U. I. Sofronova, “Dielectronic satellite spectra for highly charged Li-like ions (2l′3l″–1s 2l, 2l′3l″–1s 3l) and He-like ions (1s 2l′3l″–1s22l, 1s 2&ifl′3l″–1s23l) with z= 6–33,” At. Data Nucl. Data Tables 25, 311–385 (1980).
    [Crossref]
  204. Th. A. M. Van Kleef and Y. N. Joshi, “Sixth and seventh spectra of arsenic: As vi and As vii,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 491–499 (1980).
    [Crossref]
  205. Th. A. M. Van Kleef and Y. N. Joshi, “Analysis of 4d85s–4d8Sp and 4d9–4p54d10transitions in Sb vii,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 895–900 (1980).
    [Crossref]
  206. Th. A. M. Van Kleef and Y. N. Joshi, “Eleventh spectrum of cesium: CS xi,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 55–59 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  207. Th. A. M. Van Kleef and Y. N. Joshi, “Analysis of the 4d95d, 4d85s2and 4d96s configurations of In iv and Sn v,” Phys. Scr. 24, 557–565 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  208. Th. A. M. Van Kleef, Y. N. Joshi, and R. P. Srivastava, “Analysis of Cd v. I. 4d8–4d75p transitions,” Physica 114C, 105–116 (1982).
  209. Th. A. M. Van Kleef and Y. N. Joshi, “Analysis of Cd v. II. 4d75s–4d75p transitions,” Physica 114C, 117–125 (1982).
  210. Th. A. M. Van Kleef and Y. N. Joshi, “4d75s–4d75p transitions in the sixth spectrum of indium: In vi,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 72, 1348–1362 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  211. Th. A. M. Van Kleef, A. N. Podebedova, A. N. Ryabtsev, and Y. N. Joshi, “Spectrum of quaduply ionized zinc: Zn v,” Phys. Rev. A. 25, 2017–2030 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  212. Th. A. M. Van Kleef and Y. N. Joshi, “4d75s–4d75p transitions in Ag iv,” Can. J. Phys. 61, 36–39 (1983); “Analysis of 4d8–4d75p transitions in trebly ionized silver: Ag iv,” Can. J. Phys. Vol.  59, 1930–1939 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  213. R. L. Watson, O. Benka, K. Parthasaradhi, R. J. Maurer, and J. M. Sanders, “Spectra of Ne–Kα x-ray satellites and hyper-satellites excited by 1.2–1.4-MeV anu−1He, C, Mg and Ar ions,” J. Phys. B. 16, 835–851 (1983).
    [Crossref]
  214. A. W. Weise, “Correlation corrections to energy levels of Fe xxi,” J. Phys. B.4331–4338 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  215. J. F. Wyart, V. Kaufman, and J. Sugar, “The 4f135f configuration in the isoelectronic sequence of Yb iii,” Phys. Scr. 23, 1069–1078 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  216. J. F. Wyart, J. Reader, and A. Ryabtsev, “3d–4p transitions in the zinc-like and copper-like ions Y x, X i, Zr xi, X ii, Nb xii, X iii, and Mo xiii,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 692–698 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  217. J. F. Wyart, M. Klapisch, J. L. Schwob, and N. Schweitzer, “The 3d9–3d84p transitions in the spectra of highly-ionised elements yttrium to silver (Y xiii–Ag xxi),” Phys. Scr. 26, 141–154 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  218. J. F. Wyart, M. Klapisch, J. L. Schwob, and P. Mandelbaum, “Spectra of the iron-like ions from Y xiv to Ag xxii,” Phys. Scr. 27, 275–290 (1983).
    [Crossref]
  219. A. Zigler, H. Smora, N. Spector, M. Klapisch, J. L. Schwob, and A. Bar-Shalom, “Identification of the spectra of Hf xlv, Ta xlvi, W xlvii, and Re xlviii; isoelectronic to Ni i in laser-produced plasmas,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 129–132 (1980).
    [Crossref]
  220. E. V. Aglitsky, P. S. Antsyferow, and A. M. Panin, “X-ray spectra of He-like ions of Ga and Ge excited in low inductance vacuum spark plasma,” Opt. Commun. (to be published).
  221. E. V. Aglitsky and A. M. Panin, “Observations of 1s2–1snp transitions of He-like Ti, Fe, Ni and Cu ions excited in low inductance vacuum spark plasma,” Opt. Spektrosk. (to be published).
  222. M. A. Bogdanovichene, E. Ya. Kononov, A. A. Ramones, and X. Ryabtsev, “Spectra of Y xiv–Mo xvii,” Opt. Spectros. 49, 447–452 (1980).
  223. E. Ya. Kononov, “Spectra of Fe 18–20,” (Spectroscopic Institute, Moscow, 1981).
  224. E. Ya. Kononov, L. I. Podobedova, and S. S. Chyrilov, “Spectra of 3–3transitions in Ag xxii–Sn xxv ions of the Fe i isoelectronic sequence,” Opt. Spektrosk. (to be published).
  225. E. Ya. Kononov, A. E. Kramida, L. I. Podobedova, E. N. Ragozin, and V. A. Chirkov, “Analysis of the 3s–3p and 3p–3d transitions of S vii from laser-produced-plasma,” Phys. Scr. (to be published).
  226. A. E. Kramida, L. I. Podobedova, E. N. Ragozin, and V. A. Chirkov, “Analysis of the 3s–3p and 3p–3d transitions of Cl viii from laser-produced-plasma,” Phys. Scr. (to be published).
  227. L. I. Podobedova, A. A. Ramonas, and A. N. Ryabtsev, “Spectra of Ge vii,” Opt. Spektrosk. 49, 453–459 (1980).
  228. A. A. Ramonas and A. N. Ryabtsev, “Spectra of Br viii, Br ix,” Liet. Fiz. Rinkinys 29, 65–73 (1980).
  229. L. I. Podobedova, A. A. Ramonas, and A. N. Ryabtsev, “Analysis of the 3p63d8–3d74s transition in Ga vi,” Liet. Fiz. Rinkinys 23, 17–19 (1983).
  230. A. N. Ryabtsev, “Spectra of Mn vi,” Opt. Spektrosk. 53, 23–25 (1982).
  231. A. N. Ryabtsev, “Analysis of the 4d9–4d85p transitions in eleven-times ionized barium (Ba xii),” Phys. Scr. (to be published).
  232. B. Denne, E. Hinnov, S. Suckewer, and S. Cohen, “Magnetic dipole lines in the 3s23px configurations from copper to molybdenum,” Phys. Rev. A. 28, 206–208 (1983).
    [Crossref]
  233. B. Denne, E. Hinnov, S. Suckewer, and J. Timberlake, “On the ground configuration of the phosphorus sequence from copper to molybdenum” (to be published).
  234. R. Hallin, J. A. Leavitt, A. Lindgard, P. W. Rathmann, H. Vach, and E. Veje, “Beam foil excitation of xenon, 4 MeV,” Nucl. Instrum. Methods 202, 41–44 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  235. M. Bitter, S. Goeler, K. W. Cohen, and S. Hill, “Dielectronic satellite spectra of hydrogen-like titanium, Ti xxii,” (Princeton U. Press, Princeton, N.J., 1983); Phys. Rev. A. (to be published).
  236. J. P. Buchet, M. C. Buchet-Poulizac, A. Denis, J. Désesquelles, and M. Druetta, “Les transitions 2s3S–2p3P des ions heliumoides lourds: cas du Fe xxv,” Nucl. Instrum. Methods 202, 79–93 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  237. M. C. Buchet-Poulizac, J. P. Buchet, and P. Ceyzeriat, “Spectroscopic et durees due vie dons Ar vi–viii,” Nucl. Instrum. Methods 202, 13–18 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  238. S. O. Kastner, “Wavelength predictions for lines of interest in the Ne i sequence,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 1550–1551 (1980).
    [Crossref]
  239. S. O. Kastner, “The solar spectrum of O iv, including photoexcitation by Fe ix 171.07°,” Astron. Astrophys. 108, 361–368 (1982).
  240. V. Kaufman and B. Edlén, “Reference wavelengths from atomic spectra in the range 15 Å to 2500 Å,” J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data 3, 825–854 (1974).
    [Crossref]
  241. B. C. Fawcett, “Classifications in the period between calcium and iron of emission lines isoelectronic with those of carbon, nitrogen, oxygen and fluorine,” J. Phys. B. 4, 981–985 (1971).
    [Crossref]
  242. M. Malinovsky and L. Heroux, “Solar UV spectrometric measurements,” Astrophys. J. 181, 1009–1017 (1973).
    [Crossref]

1984 (1)

B. C. Fawcett, “Oscillator strengths and energy levels O v to Ni xxv,” At. Data Nucl. Data Tables 30, 1–26 (1984).
[Crossref]

1983 (37)

B. C. Fawcett, “Oscillator strengths and energy levels for Mg i-like ions,” At. Data Nucl. Data Tables 28, 579–596 (1983).
[Crossref]

B. C. Fawcett, “Oscillator strengths and energy levels for Al i-like ions,” At. Data Nucl. Data Tables 28, 557–578 (1983).
[Crossref]

C. Froese-Fischer, “Multiconfiguration Hartree–Fock Breit–Pauli 2P1/2–2P3/2transitions results for in the boron sequence,” J. Phys. B.157–165 (1983).
[Crossref]

M. Druetta, C. Jacques, and E. J. Knystautas, “Equilibrium charge state distributions in carbon, far-UV spectroscopes and radiative lifetimes of aluminium ions (Al vi–x),” J. Phys. B. 16, 167–176 (1983).
[Crossref]

B. Edlén, “Early observations of highly charged ions,” Phys. Scr. 25, 5–6 (1983).
[Crossref]

B. Edlén, “Comparison of theoretical and experimental level values of the n= 2 complex in ions isoelectronic with Li, Be, O and F,” Phys. Scr. 25, 293–310 (1983).

B. Edlén, “Comparison of theoretical and experimental level values of the n= 2 configurations in the boron isoelectronic sequence,” Phys. Scr. 25, 345–358 (1983).

H. G. Berry, “Multi-charged ion spectroscopy,” Phys. Scr. T3, 56–62 (1983).
[Crossref]

A. K. Bhatia and H. E. Mason, “Atomic calculations for Ca xvii, UV and x-ray lines,” Astron. Astrophys. Suppl. 52, 115–124 (1983).

M. C. Buchet-Poulizac and J. P. Buchet, “Beam-foil study of the 2s22p53/ and 2s 2p63/ configurations of Ar ix,” Phys. Scr. 27, 99–102 (1983).
[Crossref]

R. D. Cowan, “Effects of autoionizing levels in highly ionized atoms,” Phys. Scr. T3, 200–207 (1983).
[Crossref]

J. Hata and I. P. Grant, “The 1s 2s 2p2 5P–1s 2p3 5S transitions in the beryllium isoelectronic sequence,” J. Phys. B. 16, L125–L128 (1983).
[Crossref]

J. Hata and I. P. Grant, “Fine structure of the 1s 2s 2p4P∘ and 1s 2p2 4P terms of the lithium isoelectronic sequence and wavelengths of transitions between them,” J. Phys. B. 16, 915–925 (1983).
[Crossref]

E. Källne, J. Källne, and R. D. Cowan, “High-resolution x-ray spectra from molybdenum ions in the Alcator-C tokamak,” Phys. Rev. A. 27, 2682–2696 (1983).
[Crossref]

E. Källne, J. Källne, and A. K. Pradhan, “X-ray emission from He-like n= 2 charge states produced in tokamak plasmas,” Phys. Rev. A. 27, 1476–1486 (1983).
[Crossref]

E. Källne and J. Källne, “High resolution x-ray spectroscopy for diagnostics of single tokamak discharges,” Phys. Scr. T3, 185–190 (1983).
[Crossref]

V. Kaufman, J. Sugar, and J. L. Tech, “Analysis of the 4d9–4d85p transitions in nine-times ionized xenon (Xe x),” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 73, 691–693 (1983).
[Crossref]

Z. A. Khan, M. S. Z. Chaghtai, and K. Rahimullah, “Transitions between excited energy levels of Zr vii,” J. Phys. B. 16, 1685–1693 (1983).
[Crossref]

E. Ya. Kononov, “Spectra of highly ionized atoms in hot plasmas: conditions for production and observation,” Phys. Scr. 27, 117–124 (1983).
[Crossref]

A. M. Malvezzi, “The grazing incidence spectrum and term system of N vi,” Phys. Scr. 27, 413–416 (1983).
[Crossref]

S. Mannervik and H. Cederquist, “The quartet system of Li i,” Phys. Scr. 27, 175–182 (1983).
[Crossref]

P. Mandelbaum, M. Klapisch, A. Bar-Shalom, and J. L. Schwob, “Classification of x-ray spectra from laser produced plasmas of atoms from Tm to Pt in the range 6–9 Å,” Phys. Scr. 27, 39–53 (1983).
[Crossref]

I. Martinson, B. Denne, J. O. Ekberg, L. Engström, S. Huldt, C. Jupen, U. Litzen, S. Mannervik, and A. Trigueiros, “Transitions in multiply excited F vi and F vii,” Phys. Scr. 27, 201–206 (1983).
[Crossref]

K. J. H. Phillips, J. R. Lemen, R. D. Cowan, G. A. Doscheck, and J. W. Leibacher, “Inner-shell transitions in Fe xix–xxii in the x-ray spectra of solar flares and tokamaks,” Astrophys. J. 265, 1120–1134 (1983).
[Crossref]

M. V. Penston, P. Benvenuti, A. Cassatella, A. Heck, P. Selvelli, F. Macchetto, D. Ponz, C. Jordan, N. Cramer, F. Rufener, and J. Manfroid, “IUE and other new observations of the slow nova RR Tel,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 202, 833–857 (1983).

J. Reader, “3p63d9–3p53d10 transitions in cobalt-like ions from Ba29+ to Yb43+,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 73, 63–65 (1983).
[Crossref]

J. Reader, 5s25p4–5s 5p5 transitions in Cs iv, Ba v, and La vi,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 73, 349–352 (1983).
[Crossref]

J. Reader, “3s2–3s 3p and 3s 3p–3s 3d transitions in magnesium-like ions from Sr26+ to Rh33+,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 73, 796–799 (1983).
[Crossref]

J. R. Roberts, V. Kaufman, J. Sugar, and T. L. Pittman, “Magnetic-dipole transitions observed in highly ionized Ga, Ge, As and Kr,” Phys. Rev. 27, 1271–1273 (1983).

R. Smitt and L. A. Svensson, “The configurations 3s23p53d and 3s 3p63d in Mn viii and Fe ix,” Phys. Scr. 27, 364–366 (1983).
[Crossref]

B. C. Stratton, W. L. Hodge, H. W. Moos, J. L. Schwob, S. Suckewer, M. Finkenthal, and S. Cohen, “Spectra of germanium and selenium in the 50–350 Å region from the PLT tokamak plasma,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 73, 877–881 (1983).
[Crossref]

N. Svendenivs, C. E. Magnusson, and P. O. Zetterberg, “The spectrum of singly ionized phosphorus, P ii,” Phys. Scr. 27, 339–363 (1983).
[Crossref]

Th. A. M. Van Kleef and Y. N. Joshi, “4d75s–4d75p transitions in Ag iv,” Can. J. Phys. 61, 36–39 (1983); “Analysis of 4d8–4d75p transitions in trebly ionized silver: Ag iv,” Can. J. Phys. Vol.  59, 1930–1939 (1981).
[Crossref]

R. L. Watson, O. Benka, K. Parthasaradhi, R. J. Maurer, and J. M. Sanders, “Spectra of Ne–Kα x-ray satellites and hyper-satellites excited by 1.2–1.4-MeV anu−1He, C, Mg and Ar ions,” J. Phys. B. 16, 835–851 (1983).
[Crossref]

J. F. Wyart, M. Klapisch, J. L. Schwob, and P. Mandelbaum, “Spectra of the iron-like ions from Y xiv to Ag xxii,” Phys. Scr. 27, 275–290 (1983).
[Crossref]

L. I. Podobedova, A. A. Ramonas, and A. N. Ryabtsev, “Analysis of the 3p63d8–3d74s transition in Ga vi,” Liet. Fiz. Rinkinys 23, 17–19 (1983).

B. Denne, E. Hinnov, S. Suckewer, and S. Cohen, “Magnetic dipole lines in the 3s23px configurations from copper to molybdenum,” Phys. Rev. A. 28, 206–208 (1983).
[Crossref]

1982 (72)

R. Hallin, J. A. Leavitt, A. Lindgard, P. W. Rathmann, H. Vach, and E. Veje, “Beam foil excitation of xenon, 4 MeV,” Nucl. Instrum. Methods 202, 41–44 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. P. Buchet, M. C. Buchet-Poulizac, A. Denis, J. Désesquelles, and M. Druetta, “Les transitions 2s3S–2p3P des ions heliumoides lourds: cas du Fe xxv,” Nucl. Instrum. Methods 202, 79–93 (1982).
[Crossref]

M. C. Buchet-Poulizac, J. P. Buchet, and P. Ceyzeriat, “Spectroscopic et durees due vie dons Ar vi–viii,” Nucl. Instrum. Methods 202, 13–18 (1982).
[Crossref]

A. N. Ryabtsev, “Spectra of Mn vi,” Opt. Spektrosk. 53, 23–25 (1982).

M. F. Stamp and N. J. Peacock, “Improved wavelengths of n= 2–2 transitions in ionized titanium,” J. Phys. B. 15, L703–L707 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. F. Wyart, M. Klapisch, J. L. Schwob, and N. Schweitzer, “The 3d9–3d84p transitions in the spectra of highly-ionised elements yttrium to silver (Y xiii–Ag xxi),” Phys. Scr. 26, 141–154 (1982).
[Crossref]

S. O. Kastner, “The solar spectrum of O iv, including photoexcitation by Fe ix 171.07°,” Astron. Astrophys. 108, 361–368 (1982).

A. W. Weise, “Correlation corrections to energy levels of Fe xxi,” J. Phys. B.4331–4338 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. Sugar and V. Kaufman, “Resonance lines in the Pd i isoelectronic sequence: iviii to Ho xxii,” Phys. Scr. 26, 419–421 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. Sugar, V. Kaufman, and D. Cooper, “C i isoelectronic sequence: observations of 2sm 2pn–2sm−12pn+1 intersystem transitions and improved measurement for Ci xii, K xiv, Ca xv, Sc xvi, Ti xvii and V xviii,” Phys. Scr. 26, 189–193 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. Sugar, V. Kaufman, and D. Cooper, “B i isoelectronic sequence: observation of 2s 2p2–2p3 intersystem lines in Sc xvii and improved measurements for Cl xiii, K xv, Ca xvi, Sc xvii and Ti xviii,” Phys. Scr. 26, 293–295 (1982).
[Crossref]

Th. A. M. Van Kleef, Y. N. Joshi, and R. P. Srivastava, “Analysis of Cd v. I. 4d8–4d75p transitions,” Physica 114C, 105–116 (1982).

Th. A. M. Van Kleef and Y. N. Joshi, “Analysis of Cd v. II. 4d75s–4d75p transitions,” Physica 114C, 117–125 (1982).

Th. A. M. Van Kleef and Y. N. Joshi, “4d75s–4d75p transitions in the sixth spectrum of indium: In vi,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 72, 1348–1362 (1982).
[Crossref]

Th. A. M. Van Kleef, A. N. Podebedova, A. N. Ryabtsev, and Y. N. Joshi, “Spectrum of quaduply ionized zinc: Zn v,” Phys. Rev. A. 25, 2017–2030 (1982).
[Crossref]

E. Traebert, B. C. Fawcett, and J. D. Silver, “One- and two-electron one-photon satellite transitions in the x-ray spectrum of foil excited F and Si,” J. Phys. B. 15, 3587–3597 (1982).
[Crossref]

E. Traebert, H. Hellmann, P. H. Heckmann, S. Bashkin, H. A. Klein, and J. D. Silver, “Fine structure transitions in doubly excited three-electron Mg9+,” Phys. Lett. A 93, 76–80 (1982).
[Crossref]

E. Traebert, K. W. Jones, B. M. Johnson, D. C. Gregory, and T. H. Kruse, “Beam-foil lifetimes of n= 3 levels in Fe xiii to Fe xvi. II. Analysis of decay curves,” Phys. Lett. A 87, 336–340 (1982).
[Crossref]

S. Suckewer, E. Hinnov, S. Cohen, M. Finkenthal, and K. Sato, “Identification of magnetic dipole lines above 2000 Å in several highly ionized Mo and Zr ions on the PLT tokamak,” Phys. Rev. A. 26, 1161–1163 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. Reader, “2s22p5–2s 2p6 transitions in the fluorine-like ions Sr29+ and Y30+,” Phys. Rev. A. 26, 501–503 (1982).
[Crossref]

Q. Shujauddin, A. Mushtag, and M. S. Z. Chaghtai, “The fifth spectrum of niobium (Nb v),” Phys. Scr. 25, 924–928 (1982).
[Crossref]

Q. Shujauddin, M. S. Z. Chaghtai, A. Mushtag, and A. Tauheed, “The spectrum of five-times ionized niobium (Nb vi),” Phys. Scr. 26, 91–96 (1982).
[Crossref]

P. L. Roesler, R. J. Oliversen, F. Scherb, J. Lattis, T. E. Williams, D. G. York, E. B. Jenkins, J. L. Lawrance, P. Zucchino, and D. Long, “Fabray–Perot/CCP observations of [S iii] and [S ii] emissions from the Jupiter plasma torus,” Astrophys. J. 259, 900–907 (1982).
[Crossref]

A. N. Ryabtsev and J. Reader, “Spectra of the cobalt-like ions Sr xii, Y xiii, Zr xiv, Nb xv and Mo xvi,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 72, 710–716 (1982).
[Crossref]

S. G. Pettersson, “The spectrum of O iii,” Phys. Scr. 26, 296–318 (1982).
[Crossref]

K. J. H. Phillips, J. W. Leibacher, C. J. Wolfson, J. H. Parkinson, B. C. Fawcett, B. J. Kent, H. E. Mason, L. W. Acton, J. L. Culhane, and A. H. Gabriel, “Solar flare x-ray spectra from the Solar Maximum Mission flat crystal spectrometer,” Astrophys. J. 256, 774–787 (1982).
[Crossref]

D. L. McKenzie and P. B. Landecker, “The solar coronal x-ray spectrum from 15.4 to 23.0 Å lines from highly ionized calcium and chromium and their usefulness as plasma diagnostics,” Astrophys. J. 254, 309–317 (1982).
[Crossref]

E. Meinders, F. G. Meijer, and L. Remnijn, “The spectrum of triply ionized niobium,” Phys. Scr. 25, 527–535 (1982).
[Crossref]

R. Okasada and K. Fukuda, “Doubly excited levels of alkaline-earth elements near the first ionization line: I. Magnesium,” J. Phys. B. 15, 347–355 (1982).
[Crossref]

R. Okasada and K. Fukuda, “Doubly excited levels of alkaline-earth elements near the first ionization line: II. Calcium,” J. Phys. B. 15, 357–370 (1982).
[Crossref]

I. Martinson, “Recent progress in the studies of atomic spectra and transition probabilities by beam-foil spectroscopy,” Nucl. Instrum. Methods 202, 1–12 (1982).
[Crossref]

I. Martinson, “Studies of atomic structure using ion accelerators,” Comments At. Mol. Phys. 12, 19–37 (1982).

M. McCabe and H. C. McAllister, “Identification of Fe i lines in the ultraviolet solar spectrum,” Astrophys. J. Suppl. 48, 434–454 (1982).
[Crossref]

S. Mannervik, “Identification of the 8508 Å line in lithium,” Phys. Lett. 92, 229–230 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. G. Lunney and J. F. Seely, “Inner-shell excitation of argon dielectronic satellite spectral lines in imploded microballoon plasmas,” J. Phys. B.L121–L127 (1982).
[Crossref]

M. Klapisch, E. Meroz, P. Mandelbaum, A. Zigler, C. Bauche-Arnoult, and J. Bauche, “Interpretation of unresolved arrays in the soft x-ray spectra of highly ionized molybdenum and palladium,” Phys. Rev. A. 25, 2391–2394 (1982).
[Crossref]

H. A. Klein, S. Bashkin, B. P. Duval, F. Moscatelli, J. D. Silver, H. F. Beyer, and F. Folkmann, “Observations of the 1s 2s3S1–1s 2p3P2,0transitions in helium-like Ne8+ recoil ions produced in a gas target,” J. Phys. B. 15, 4507–4516 (1982).
[Crossref]

E. Källne, J. Källne, and J. E. Rice, “Observation of H- and He-like x-ray line emission in high-density tokamak plasmas,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 49, 330–333 (1982).
[Crossref]

V. Kaufman, J. Sugar, and D. Cooper, “N i isoelectronic sequence: observations of 2sm 2pn–2sm−12pn+1 intersystem transitions and improved measurements for Cl xi, K xiii, Ca xiv, Sc xv, Ti xvi and V xvii,” Phys. Scr. 26, 163–167 (1982).
[Crossref]

V. Kaufman, J. Sugar, and D. Cooper, “F i and O i isoelectronic sequences: observations of 2sm 2pn–;2sm−12pn+1 intersystem transitions and improved measurements for Cl, K, Ca, Sc, Ti and V,” Phys. Scr. 25, 623–626 (1982).
[Crossref]

M. A. Khan, “Spectra of Sn xx–Sn xxii in the extreme ultraviolet,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 72, 268–272 (1982).
[Crossref]

S. O. Kastner, “Proposed Mg v, Fe xiv and forbidden Fe xvii line identifications in the EUV solar spectrum,” Solar Phys. 81, 59–61 (1982).
[Crossref]

S. O. Kastner, “Proposed Mg v, Fe xiv and forbidden Fe xvii line identifications in the EUV solar spectrum,” Solar Phys. 81, 59–61 (1982).
[Crossref]

V. Kaufman, “The spectrum of neutral sulfur (S i) in the vacuum ultraviolet,” Phys. Scr. 26, 439–442 (1982).
[Crossref]

Y. N. Joshi and Th. A. M. Van Kleef, “Sixth spectrum of indium: In vi,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 72, 259–267 (1982).
[Crossref]

C. Jupen, “Beam-foil study of the 2p53s, 3p and 3d configurations of Cl viii,” Nucl. Instrum. Methods 202, 25–32 (1982).
[Crossref]

E. Hinnov, S. Suckewer, S. Cohen, and K. Sato, “Observed transitions in n= 2 ground-state configurations of copper, nickel, iron, chromium and germanium in tokamak discharges,” Phys. Rev. A. 25, 2293–2301 (1982).
[Crossref]

S. Huldt, S. Johansson, and U. Litzen, “The spectrum and term system of singly ionized titanium, Ti ii,” Phys. Scr. 25, 401–412 (1982).
[Crossref]

R. D. Cowan, L. M. Hobbs, and D. G. York, “Theoretical oscillator strengths for 21 spin-forbidden lines of C, N, O, Al and Si,” Astrophys. J. 757, 373–375 (1982).
[Crossref]

P. K. Carrol and G. O’Sullivan, “Ground-state configurations of ionic species i through xvi for Z= 57–74 and the interpretation of 4d–4f emission resonances in laser-produced plasmas,” Phys. Rev. A. 26, 275–286 (1982).
[Crossref]

C. Corliss and J. Sugar, “Energy levels of iron Fe i–Fe xxvi,” J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data 11, 135–241 (1982).
[Crossref]

P. G. Burkhalter, L. Cohen, R. D. Cowan, and B. Sweeny, “Spectra of Nb xii–xvii from a low-inductance vacuum spark,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 72, 95–102 (1982).
[Crossref]

M. S. Z. Chaghtai, Q. Shujauddin, and A. Mushtaq, “An experimental study of the 4p35p, 4f configurations of Nb viii,” J. Phys. B. 15, 2587–2594 (1982).
[Crossref]

K. T. Cheng, C. L. Froese-Fischer, and Y. Kim, “Intershell correlation corrections to the energy levels of the n= 2 states of Li-like to F-like ions,” J. Phys. B. 15, 181–189 (1982).
[Crossref]

R. A. Brown and D. E. Shemansky, “On the nature of S ii emission from Jupiter’s hot plasma torus,” Astrophys. J. 263, 433–442 (1982).
[Crossref]

V. A. Bryzgunov, S. Y. Lukyanov, A. M. Pakhomov, A. M. Potapov, and S. A. Chuvatin, Zh. Eksp. Theor. Fiz. 18, 1907 (1982).

H. G. Berry, R. L. Brooks, K. T. Cheng, J. E. Hardis, and W. Ray, “The 5P–5S transitions in C iii, N iv and O iv,” Phys. Scr. 25, 391–393 (1982).
[Crossref]

K. Ando, “New identification of spectra of Mo xvi 3d9–3d84p,” J. Phys. Soc. Jpn. 51, 15–16 (1982).
[Crossref]

F. Bely-Dubau, J. Dubau, P. Faucher, and A. H. Gabriel, “Dielectronic satellite spectra for highly charged helium-like ions—VI. Iron spectra with improved inner-shell and helium-like excitation rates,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 198, 239–254 (1982).

F. Bely-Dubau, J. Dubau, P. Faucher, A. H. Gabriel, M. Loulergue, L. Steenman-Clark, S. Volonté, E. Antonucci, and C. G. Rapley, “Dielectronic satellite spectra for highly-charged helium-like ions—VII. Calcium spectra-theory and comparison with SMM observations,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 210, 1155–1169 (1982).

F. Bely-Dubau, P. Faucher, L. Steenman-Clark, M. Bitter, S. Von Goeler, K. W. Hill, C. Camhy-Val, and J. Dubau, “Satellite spectra for helium-like titanium,” Phys. Rev. A. 26, 3459–3669 (1982).
[Crossref]

S. M. Bentzen, T. Anderson, and O. Poulsen, “New identifications of doubly excited quartet states of Be ii,” J. Phys. B.L71–L74 (1982).
[Crossref]

B. Edlén, “Accurate values of the energy intervals in the configurations 1s22s22p(k= 1–5),” Phys. Scr. 26, 71–83 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. O. Ekberg and L. Engström, “Extended analysis of Cr iv,” Phys. Scr. 25, 611–622 (1982).
[Crossref]

G. L. Epstein and J. Reader, “Spectrum and energy levels of triply ionized yttrium (Y iv),” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 72, 476–492 (1982).
[Crossref]

K. Fukuda and T. Hasama, “Extreme ultraviolet spectra of emission from plasma focus. III. A iv to ix and Si vi to x ion lines from 60 to 350 Å,” Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 21, 178 (1982).
[Crossref]

T. Hasama and K. Fukuda, “Extreme ultraviolet spectra of emission from plasma focus. II. Ar xi to Ar xv ion lines from 130 to 230 Å,” Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 21, 173–177 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. Hata and I. P. Grant, “MCDF calculation of wavelengths and intensities of satellite lines in lithium-like ions,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 198, 1081–1088 (1982).

Z. B. Goldschmidt, “The 3d 5g configuration of V vi,” J. Phys. B. 15, L581–L585 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. E. Hansen and W. P. Persson, “Revised analysis of the 5p4 ground configuration of two-times ionized Xe (Xe iii) and reevaluation of transition probabilities for forbidden lines within this configuration,” Phys. Scr. 25, 487–590 (1982).
[Crossref]

M. Finkenthal, R. E. Bell, and R. W. Moos, “Intercombination lines in Mg i-like Ti xi, V xii, Cr xiii and Fe xv spectrum obtained from a tokamak plasma,” Phys. Lett. A 88, 165–168 (1982).
[Crossref]

M. Finkenthal, E. Hinnov, S. Cohen, and S. Suckewer, “The 3s2 1S0–3s 3p3P1magnesium sequence intercombination lines from Sc x to Mo xxxi observed in the PLT tokamak,” Phys. Lett. 91, 284–286 (1982).
[Crossref]

1981 (66)

U. Feldman, “The use of spectra/emission lines in the diagnostics of hot solar plasmas,” Phys. Scr. 24, 681–711 (1981).
[Crossref]

M. Finkenthal, R. E. Bell, H. W. Moos, A. K. Bhatia, E. S. Marmar, J. L. Terry, and J. E. Rice, “The molybdenum spectrum emitted by a tokamak plasma in the 300–550 Å range,” Phys. Lett. A 82, 123–126 (1981).
[Crossref]

B. C. Fawcett and A. Ridgeley, “Analysis of n= 3 to n= 4 spectra for ions from Mg x to Fe xxiv and P xi, xii,” J. Phys. B.203–208 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. E. Hansen and A. J. J. Raassen, “A study of fitted and calculated parameter values in iii, iv, V and vi spectra of the iron group elements,” Physica 111C, 76–101 (1981).

T. Hasama, Y. Onishi, M. Uchiike, and K. Fukuda, “Extreme ultraviolet spectra of emission from plasma focus. I. Fe ion lines from 70 to 210 Å,” Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 20, 2269–2279 (1981).
[Crossref]

R. Glass, “Oscillator strengths, transition probabilities and lifetimes for allowed transitions in Ne vii,” Phys. Scr. 23, 24–28 (1981).
[Crossref]

B. C. Fawcett, “Classification of the spectra of highly ionized atoms during the last seven years,” Phys. Scr. 24, 663–680 (1981).
[Crossref]

M. Eidelsberg, F. Crifo-Magnant, and C. J. Zeippen, “Forbidden lines in hot astronomical sources,” Astron. Astrophys. Suppl. 43, 455–471 (1981).

J. O. Ekberg, “Term analysis of Fe vii,” Phys. Scr. 23, 7–20 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. Dubau, A. H. Gabriel, M. Loulergue, L. Steenman-Clark, and S. Voloné, “Dielectronic satellite spectra for hydrogen-like iron in low density plasmas,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 195, 705–719 (1981).

J. Dabau and M. Loulergue, “High resolution spectra from inner-shell transitions in highly ionized chromium (Cr xix–xxiii),” J. Phys. B. 15, 1007–1019 (1981).

B. Edlén, “A critical compilation of energy levels in the configurations 2smpk(m= 2, 1, 0) of F i-, O i- and Be i-like spectra,” Phys. Scr. 22, 593–602 (1981).
[Crossref]

B. Edlén, “Critical compilation of energy levels of the low configuration in boron-like ions,” Phys. Scr. 23, 1079–1086 (1981).
[Crossref]

S. Bashkin, R. Hallin, J. Leavitt, U. Litzen, and D. Walker, “Hydrogenic terms and the ionization potential fo Xe viii,” Phys. Scr. 23, 5–6 (1981).
[Crossref]

N. Acquista and J. Reader, “Spectrum and energy levels of nine-times ionized strontium (Sr x),” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 569–573 (1981).
[Crossref]

E. V. Aglitsky, E. Ya, Golts Yu, A. Levykin, and A. M. Livshits, “X-ray spectra of Ne-like ions of Ag, Cd, In and Sn,” J. Phys. B. 14, 1549–1552 (1981).
[Crossref]

M. Bitter, S. Von Goeler, K. W. Hill, R. Horton, D. Johnson, W. Roney, N. Sauthoff, E. Silver, and W. Stodiek, “Unresolved dielectronic satellites of the resonance line of helium-like iron (Fe xxv),” Phys. Rev. Lett. 47, 921–924 (1981).
[Crossref]

A. K. Bhatia and H. E. Mason, “Atomic calculation for Fe xxiii, UV and x-ray lines,” Astron. Astrophys. 103, 324–330 (1981).

J. P. Buchet, M. C. Buchet-Poulizac, A. Denis, J. Désesquelles, M. Druetta, J. P. Grandin, and X. Husson, “Wavelength measurement of the 1s 2s3S1–1s 2p3P2transition in helium-like Fe24+,” Phys. Rev. A. 23, 3354–3356 (1981).
[Crossref]

Y. Conturie, B. Yaakabi, U. Feldman, G. A. Doschek, and R. D. Cowan, “Observation of new lines of Xe xliv, xlv, xlvi and xlvii in the range 2.5–3.0 from laser-imploded targets,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 1309–1314 (1981).

C. Corliss and J. Sugar, “Energy levels of nickel Ni i–Ni xxxviii,” J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data 10, 197–289 (1981).
[Crossref]

P. K. Carrol and G. O’Sullivan, “The observation of 5d–5f resonant emission in thorium in high ion stages (≈viii to xvi),” Phys. Lett. A 84, 59–61 (1981).
[Crossref]

H. H. Bukow and G. Heine, “On two transitions in the quartet spectrum of Li i**,” Phys. Lett. A 82, 79–81 (1981).
[Crossref]

R. D. Cowan, “Progress in the spectroscopy of highly ionized atoms and its use in plasma diagnostics,” Phys. Scr. 24, 615–621 (1981).
[Crossref]

L. J. Curtis and P.S. Ramanujam, “Semi-empirical calculations of fine structure splittings and ionization potentials in the Mg i isoelectronic sequence”; “Isoelectronic wavelength predictions for magnetic-dipole, electric-quadrupole and intercombination transitions in the Mg sequence,” Phys. Scr. 23, 1043–1046 (1981).
[Crossref]

R. De Serio, H. G. Berry, R. L. Brooks, J. Hardis, A. E. Livingston, and S. J. Hinterlog, “2s–2p transitions in helium-like ions,” Phys. Rev. A. 24, 1872–1888 (1981).
[Crossref]

G. A. Doschek, U. Feldman, and R. D. Cowan, “High resolution x-ray spectra of solar flares. V. Interpretation of inner-shell transitions in Fe xx–Fe xxiii,” Astrophys. J. 245, 315–327 (1981).
[Crossref]

B. M. Johnson, K. W. Jones, and D. C. Gregory, “Contributions to fusion research from studies of foil-excited heavy ion beams,” IEEE Trans. Nucl. Sci. NS-28, 1350–1353 (1981).
[Crossref]

D. T. Kagan, J. G. Conway, and E. Meinders, “Spectrum and energy levels of four-times-ionized niobium,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 1193–1196 (1981).
[Crossref]

I. Joelsson, P. O. Zetterberg, and C. E. Magnusson, “The spectrum and term system of S v,” Phys. Scr. 23, 1087–1095 (1981).
[Crossref]

S. Johansson, “Atomic spectroscopy for astrophysical applications,” Space Science Rev. 30, 387–390 (1981).

V. Kaufman and J. Sugar, “Ag i isoelectronic sequence: wavelengths and energy levels for I vii through La xi,” Phys. Scr. 24, 738–741 (1981).
[Crossref]

Z. A. Khan, M. S. Z. Chaghtai, and K. Rahimullah, “Classified lines and energy levels of doubly ionized zirconium (Zr iii),” Phys. Scr. 23, 29–37 (1981).
[Crossref]

Z. A. Khan, M. S. Z. Chaghtai, and K. Rahimullah, “Spectrum of five times ionized zirconium (Zr vi),” Phys. Scr. 23, 837–842 (1981).
[Crossref]

Z. A. Khan, K. Rahimullah, and M. S. Z. Chaghtai, “Additions to the spectrum of quadruply ionized zirconium (Zr v),” Phys. Scr. 23, 843–848 (1981).
[Crossref]

M. Klapisch, P. Mandelbaum, J. L. Schwob, A. Bar-Shalom, and N. Schweitzer, “3d–4p transitions in the soft x-ray spectra of Mo xiv and of isoelectronic Y to Ag ions, from a low-inductance vacuum spark,” Phys. Lett. A 84, 177–181 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. Klapisch, P. Mandelbaum, A. Bar-Shalom, J. L. Schwob, A. Zigler, and S. Jackel, “Identification of 3d–4p transitions in Co-like W xl, W iii and Tm xliii and in Cu-like W xlvi and Tm xli from laser produced plasmas,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 1276–1281 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. G. Lunney and J. F. Seely, “Silicon satellite spectra from laser-imploded microballoons,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 46, 342–345 (1981).
[Crossref]

A. E. Livingston, E. H. Pinnington, D. J. G. Irwin, J. A. Kernahan, and R. L. Brooks, “Energies and lifetimes of excited atomic states in Ar v–Ar viii,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 442–447 (1981).
[Crossref]

A. E. Livingston and S. J. Hinterlong, “Spectrum of Br vii,” Phys. Rev. A. 23, 758–760 (1981).
[Crossref]

V. V. Krutov, V. V. Korneev, V. Karev, V. M. Lomkova, G. Bromboszcz, M. Saikowski, J. Sylwester, and S. Vasha, “Analysis of the high-resolution x-ray spectra obtained aboard the Intercosmos 16 satellite,” Solar Phys. 73, 105–119 (1981).
[Crossref]

K. D. Lawson, N. J. Peacock, and M. F. Stamp, “Allowed and forbidden n= 2–2 transitions of the elements Ti, Cr, Fe, Co and Ni in tkamak discharges,” J. Phys. B. 14, 1929–1952 (1981).
[Crossref]

S. Mannervik, I. Martinson, and B. Jelenkovic, “On the quartet system of Be ii,” J. Phys. B. 14, L275–L278 (1981).
[Crossref]

E. Markiewicz, R. P. McEachran, and M. Cohen, “The polarised frozen-core approximation: oscillator strengths for the beryllium isoelectronic sequence,” Phys. Scr. 23, 828–834 (1981).
[Crossref]

W. C. Martin, “Series formulae for the He i-like spectra Na x through Ar xvii (z= 11–18),” Phys. Scr. 24, 725–731 (1981).
[Crossref]

C. Martin and R. Zalubus, “Energy levels of sodium Na i–xi,” J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data 10, 153–195 (1981).
[Crossref]

I. Martinson, “Spectra and level classification of highly ionized atoms,” Phys. Scr. 23, 126–135 (1981).
[Crossref]

Y. N. Joshi and Th. A. M. Van Kleef, “Ninth spectrum of bromine: Br ix,” Phys. Scr. 23, 249–252 (1981).
[Crossref]

M. Mazzoni, G. P. Tozzi, A. M. Cantu, and M. Pettini, “Extended analysis of the VUV spectrum of neutral carbon,” Physica 111C, 379–385 (1981).

E. H. Pinnington, J. L. Bahr, J. A. Kernahan, and D. J. G. Irwin, “Beam-foil spectroscopy of As iii, iv and v,” J. Phys. B. 14, 1291–1301 (1981).
[Crossref]

A. J. J. Raassen and Th. A. M. Van Kleef, “Analysis of the sixth spectrum of copper (Cu VI),” Physica 103C, 412–428 (1981).

A. J. J. Raassen and J. E. Hansen, “Forbidden lines of four and five times ionized iron and nickel in the spectra of RR Telescop II and ETA carinae,” Astrophys. J. 243, 217–222 (1981).
[Crossref]

N. Schweitzer, M. Klapisch, J. L. Schwob, M. Finkenthal, P. Bar-Shalom, P. Mandelbaum, and B. S. Fraenkel, “Nickel-like spectra of elements Y xii to Ag xx from a vacuum spark,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 219–226 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. F. Saely, “Simulated Lyman-alpha and dielectronic satellite spectra, z= 6–20*,” At. Data Nucl. Data Tables 26, 137–164 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. Reader and G. Luther, “The copper isoelectronic sequence: Ba27+–W45+,” Phys. Scr. 24, 732–737 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. Reader and A. Ryabtsev, “3p63d8–3p53d9 transitions in Sr xiii, Y xiv, Nb xvi, and Mo xvii,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 231–237 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. Reader and N. Acquista, “4s24p3–4s 4p4 and 4s24p3–4s24p25s transitions in Y vii, Zr viii, Nb ix, and Mo x,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 434–441 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. Reader, G. Luther, and N. Acquista, “Revised 6p2P1/2level of Mo xiv,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 204 (1981).
[Crossref]

M. F. Stamp, I. A. Armour, N. J. Peacock, and J. D. Silver, “Accurate measurements of 1s 2s3S–1s 2p3P transition wavelengths of helium-like ions in tokamak plasmas,” J. Phys. B. 14, 3551–3561 (1981).
[Crossref]

S. Suckewer, “Spectroscopic diagnostics of tokamak plasmas,” Phys. Scr. 23, 72–86 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. Sugar and C. Corliss, “Energy levels of cobalt Co i–Co xxvii,” J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data 10, 1097–1174 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. Sugar and V. Kaufman, “Ag i isoelectronic sequence: wavelengths and energy levels for Cc xii through Ho xxi and for W xxviii,” Phys. Scr. 24, 742–746 (1981).
[Crossref]

Th. A. M. Van Kleef and Y. N. Joshi, “Eleventh spectrum of cesium: CS xi,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 55–59 (1981).
[Crossref]

Th. A. M. Van Kleef and Y. N. Joshi, “Analysis of the 4d95d, 4d85s2and 4d96s configurations of In iv and Sn v,” Phys. Scr. 24, 557–565 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. F. Wyart, V. Kaufman, and J. Sugar, “The 4f135f configuration in the isoelectronic sequence of Yb iii,” Phys. Scr. 23, 1069–1078 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. F. Wyart, J. Reader, and A. Ryabtsev, “3d–4p transitions in the zinc-like and copper-like ions Y x, X i, Zr xi, X ii, Nb xii, X iii, and Mo xiii,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 692–698 (1981).
[Crossref]

1980 (40)

A. Zigler, H. Smora, N. Spector, M. Klapisch, J. L. Schwob, and A. Bar-Shalom, “Identification of the spectra of Hf xlv, Ta xlvi, W xlvii, and Re xlviii; isoelectronic to Ni i in laser-produced plasmas,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 129–132 (1980).
[Crossref]

M. A. Bogdanovichene, E. Ya. Kononov, A. A. Ramones, and X. Ryabtsev, “Spectra of Y xiv–Mo xvii,” Opt. Spectros. 49, 447–452 (1980).

L. I. Podobedova, A. A. Ramonas, and A. N. Ryabtsev, “Spectra of Ge vii,” Opt. Spektrosk. 49, 453–459 (1980).

A. A. Ramonas and A. N. Ryabtsev, “Spectra of Br viii, Br ix,” Liet. Fiz. Rinkinys 29, 65–73 (1980).

S. O. Kastner, “Wavelength predictions for lines of interest in the Ne i sequence,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 1550–1551 (1980).
[Crossref]

J. Sugar and V. Kaufman, “Tokamak-generated tungsten radiation identified in Ag i isoelectronic sequence (W xxviii),” Phys. Rev. A. 21, 2096–2098 (1980).
[Crossref]

L. A. Vainshtein and U. I. Sofronova, “Dielectronic satellite spectra for highly charged Li-like ions (2l′3l″–1s 2l, 2l′3l″–1s 3l) and He-like ions (1s 2l′3l″–1s22l, 1s 2&ifl′3l″–1s23l) with z= 6–33,” At. Data Nucl. Data Tables 25, 311–385 (1980).
[Crossref]

Th. A. M. Van Kleef and Y. N. Joshi, “Sixth and seventh spectra of arsenic: As vi and As vii,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 491–499 (1980).
[Crossref]

Th. A. M. Van Kleef and Y. N. Joshi, “Analysis of 4d85s–4d8Sp and 4d9–4p54d10transitions in Sb vii,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 895–900 (1980).
[Crossref]

N. Spector, A. Zigler, H. Zmora, and J. L. Schwob, “Cr, Co and Ni transitions isoelectronic to the Fe xxiv–Fe xvii lines around 11 Å in laser-produced plasma,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 857–861 (1980).
[Crossref]

J. Reader and N. Acquista, “Spectrum and energy levels of twelve-times ionized niobium (Nb xiii),” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 317–320 (1980).
[Crossref]

A. N. Ryabtsev and A. A. Ramonas, “3d3–3d24p transitions in the spectrum of Co vii,” Opt. Spektrosk. 49, 1050–1057 (1980).

K. Rahimullah, Z. A. Khan, and M. S. Z. Chaghtai, “Spectrum of trebly ionized zirconium (Zr iv),” Phys. Scr. 22, 493–497 (1980).
[Crossref]

J. Reader and G. Luther, “Spectra of very highly charged Cu and Zn-like ions,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 45, 600–612 (1980).
[Crossref]

L. I. Podobedova, A. A. Ramonas, and A. N. Ryabtsev, “Study of the 3d8–3d74p transition in the spectrum of Ge vii,” Opt. Spektrosk. 49, 453–459 (1980).

A. J. J. Raassen, “Analysis of the sixth spectrum of nickel (Ni vi),” Physica 100C, 404–424 (1980).

E. Meinders and P. Uijlings, “Extended analysis of Cu iv; the wavelength region 700–1200 Å,” Physica 100C, 389–403 (1980).

D. L. McKenzie, P. B. Landecker, R. M. Broussard, H. R. Rugge, R. M. Young, U. Feldman, and G. A. Doschek, “Solar flare x-ray spectra between 7.8 and 23.0 angstroms,” Astrophys. J. 241, 409–416 (1980).
[Crossref]

H. E. Mason and P. J. Storey, “Atomic data for Fe xxii,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 191, 631–639 (1980).

A. E. Livingston and S. J. Hinterlong, “Observation of fine structure in the 1s 2s 2p25P–5P–1s 2p3 5S transition of core-excited O v,” Phys. Lett. A 80, 372–374 (1980).
[Crossref]

A. E. Livingston, L. J. Curtis, R. M. Schectman, and H. G. Berry, “Energies and lifetimes of excited states in copper-like Kr viii,” Phys. Rev. A. 21, 771–781 (1980).
[Crossref]

M. Klapisch, A. Bar-Shalom, P. Mandelbaum, J. L. Schwob, A. Zigler, H. Zmora, and S. Jackel, “Nickel-like spectra of Tm xlii and Yb xliii from laser produced plasma,” Phys. Lett. A 79, 67–70 (1980).
[Crossref]

J. A. Kernahan, E. H. Pinnington, J. A. O’Neill, J. L. Bahr, and K. E. Donnelly, “Study of the beam-foil spectrum of Xe vi, Xe vii and Xe viii from 500 to 1550 Å,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 1126–1130 (1980).
[Crossref]

Z. A. Khan, M. S. Z. Chaghtai, and K. Rahimullah, “Resonance transitions in Zr viii,” J. Phys. B. 13, 2517–2522 (1980).
[Crossref]

B. M. Johnson, K. W. Jones, J. L. Cecchi, and T. H. Kruse, “EUV spectra of Mo xiv to Mo xxix,” Phys. Lett. A 78, 61–64 (1980).
[Crossref]

Y. N. Joshi and Th. A. M. Van Kleef, “Revised and extended analysis of Cd iv,” Can. J. Phys. 58, 737–743 (1980).
[Crossref]

Y. N. Joshi and Th. A. M. Van Kleef, “The 4d85s, 4d85p and 4p54d10 configurations in the Te viii spectrum and the 4d86s configuration in the Te vii spectrum,” Can. J. Phys. 58, 1119–1125 (1980).
[Crossref]

Y. N. Joshi and Th. A. M. Van Kleef, “Ninth spectrum of iodine: I ix,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 1344–1349 (1980).
[Crossref]

C. Jacques, E. J. Knystautas, R. Drouin, and H. G. Berry, “Line identifications and lifetime measurements in singly and doubly excited C iv and in C v,” Can. J. Phys. 58, 1093–1098 (1980).
[Crossref]

E. Hinnov and S. Suckewer, “Magnetic dipole transitions in highly ionized titanium, chromium, iron and nickel,” Phys. Lett. A 79, 298–299 (1980).
[Crossref]

M. S. Z. Chaghtai, Z. A. Khan, and K. Rahimullah, “4s24p2–4s 4p3 transitions in Zr ix,” J. Phys. B. 13, 2523–2526 (1980).
[Crossref]

P. G. Burkhalter, J. Reader, and R. D. Cowan, “Spectra of Mo xiii–xviii from a laser-produced plasma and a low-inductance vacuum spark,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 912–919 (1980).
[Crossref]

R. D. Bleach, “X-UV spectra from Kr xi-xiv,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 861–863 (1980).
[Crossref]

M. I. Bogdanovichene, E. Ya. Kononov, G. V. Merkelis, A. A. Ramonas, A. N. Ryabtsev, and S. S. Charilov, “Spectra of the 3p63d8–3p53d9 transition in Y xivMo xvii ions,” Opt. Spektrosk. 49, 447–452 (1980).

H. G. Berry, R. De Serio, and A. E. Livingston, “Wavelengths and fine structure of 2s–2p transitions in two- and three-electron ions,” Phys. Rev. A. 22, 998–1010 (1980).
[Crossref]

T. Andersen, S. M. Bentzen, and O. Poulsen, “Doubly excited states in Be iii,” Phys. Scr. 22, 119–122 (1980).
[Crossref]

N. Acquista and J. Reader, “Spectrum and energy levels of triply ionized zirconium (Zr iv),” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 789–792 (1980).
[Crossref]

B. C. Fawcett, A. Ridgeley, and A. T. Hatter, “Spectra of transitions within the second shell belonging to elements between argon and vanadium,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 11, 1349–1354 (1980).
[Crossref]

U. Feldman, G. A. Doschek, and R. W. Kreplin, “High-resolution x-ray spectra of the 1979 March 25 solar flare,” Astrophys. J. 238, 365–374 (1980).
[Crossref]

B. S. Fraenkel, “Space resolved x-ray spectroscopy for tokamak,” X-Ray Spectrom. 9, 189–194 (1980).
[Crossref]

1974 (2)

B. C. Fawcett, “Recent progress in the classification of the spectra of highly ionized atoms,” Adv. At. Mol. Phys. 10, 223–291 (1974).
[Crossref]

V. Kaufman and B. Edlén, “Reference wavelengths from atomic spectra in the range 15 Å to 2500 Å,” J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data 3, 825–854 (1974).
[Crossref]

1973 (1)

M. Malinovsky and L. Heroux, “Solar UV spectrometric measurements,” Astrophys. J. 181, 1009–1017 (1973).
[Crossref]

1971 (1)

B. C. Fawcett, “Classifications in the period between calcium and iron of emission lines isoelectronic with those of carbon, nitrogen, oxygen and fluorine,” J. Phys. B. 4, 981–985 (1971).
[Crossref]

Acquista, N.

Acton, L. W.

K. J. H. Phillips, J. W. Leibacher, C. J. Wolfson, J. H. Parkinson, B. C. Fawcett, B. J. Kent, H. E. Mason, L. W. Acton, J. L. Culhane, and A. H. Gabriel, “Solar flare x-ray spectra from the Solar Maximum Mission flat crystal spectrometer,” Astrophys. J. 256, 774–787 (1982).
[Crossref]

W. A. Brown, M. E. Bruner, and L. W. Acton, “Performance of a solar soft x-ray spectrograph-telescope,” Astrophys. J. (to be published).

Aglitsky, E. V.

E. V. Aglitsky, E. Ya, Golts Yu, A. Levykin, and A. M. Livshits, “X-ray spectra of Ne-like ions of Ag, Cd, In and Sn,” J. Phys. B. 14, 1549–1552 (1981).
[Crossref]

E. V. Aglitsky, P. S. Antsyferow, and A. M. Panin, “X-ray spectra of He-like ions of Ga and Ge excited in low inductance vacuum spark plasma,” Opt. Commun. (to be published).

E. V. Aglitsky and A. M. Panin, “Observations of 1s2–1snp transitions of He-like Ti, Fe, Ni and Cu ions excited in low inductance vacuum spark plasma,” Opt. Spektrosk. (to be published).

Ahmad, T.

M. S. Z. Chaghtai and T. Ahmad, “The molybedenum spectra of Mo i–xlii,” (International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, Austria, 1982).

Andersen, T.

T. Andersen, S. M. Bentzen, and O. Poulsen, “Doubly excited states in Be iii,” Phys. Scr. 22, 119–122 (1980).
[Crossref]

Anderson, T.

S. M. Bentzen, T. Anderson, and O. Poulsen, “New identifications of doubly excited quartet states of Be ii,” J. Phys. B.L71–L74 (1982).
[Crossref]

Ando, K.

K. Ando, “New identification of spectra of Mo xvi 3d9–3d84p,” J. Phys. Soc. Jpn. 51, 15–16 (1982).
[Crossref]

Antonucci, E.

F. Bely-Dubau, J. Dubau, P. Faucher, A. H. Gabriel, M. Loulergue, L. Steenman-Clark, S. Volonté, E. Antonucci, and C. G. Rapley, “Dielectronic satellite spectra for highly-charged helium-like ions—VII. Calcium spectra-theory and comparison with SMM observations,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 210, 1155–1169 (1982).

Antsyferow, P. S.

E. V. Aglitsky, P. S. Antsyferow, and A. M. Panin, “X-ray spectra of He-like ions of Ga and Ge excited in low inductance vacuum spark plasma,” Opt. Commun. (to be published).

Armour, I. A.

M. F. Stamp, I. A. Armour, N. J. Peacock, and J. D. Silver, “Accurate measurements of 1s 2s3S–1s 2p3P transition wavelengths of helium-like ions in tokamak plasmas,” J. Phys. B. 14, 3551–3561 (1981).
[Crossref]

Bahr, J. L.

Bar-Shalom, A.

P. Mandelbaum, M. Klapisch, A. Bar-Shalom, and J. L. Schwob, “Classification of x-ray spectra from laser produced plasmas of atoms from Tm to Pt in the range 6–9 Å,” Phys. Scr. 27, 39–53 (1983).
[Crossref]

M. Klapisch, P. Mandelbaum, J. L. Schwob, A. Bar-Shalom, and N. Schweitzer, “3d–4p transitions in the soft x-ray spectra of Mo xiv and of isoelectronic Y to Ag ions, from a low-inductance vacuum spark,” Phys. Lett. A 84, 177–181 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. Klapisch, P. Mandelbaum, A. Bar-Shalom, J. L. Schwob, A. Zigler, and S. Jackel, “Identification of 3d–4p transitions in Co-like W xl, W iii and Tm xliii and in Cu-like W xlvi and Tm xli from laser produced plasmas,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 1276–1281 (1981).
[Crossref]

A. Zigler, H. Smora, N. Spector, M. Klapisch, J. L. Schwob, and A. Bar-Shalom, “Identification of the spectra of Hf xlv, Ta xlvi, W xlvii, and Re xlviii; isoelectronic to Ni i in laser-produced plasmas,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 129–132 (1980).
[Crossref]

M. Klapisch, A. Bar-Shalom, P. Mandelbaum, J. L. Schwob, A. Zigler, H. Zmora, and S. Jackel, “Nickel-like spectra of Tm xlii and Yb xliii from laser produced plasma,” Phys. Lett. A 79, 67–70 (1980).
[Crossref]

Bar-Shalom, P.

Bashkin, S.

H. A. Klein, S. Bashkin, B. P. Duval, F. Moscatelli, J. D. Silver, H. F. Beyer, and F. Folkmann, “Observations of the 1s 2s3S1–1s 2p3P2,0transitions in helium-like Ne8+ recoil ions produced in a gas target,” J. Phys. B. 15, 4507–4516 (1982).
[Crossref]

E. Traebert, H. Hellmann, P. H. Heckmann, S. Bashkin, H. A. Klein, and J. D. Silver, “Fine structure transitions in doubly excited three-electron Mg9+,” Phys. Lett. A 93, 76–80 (1982).
[Crossref]

S. Bashkin, R. Hallin, J. Leavitt, U. Litzen, and D. Walker, “Hydrogenic terms and the ionization potential fo Xe viii,” Phys. Scr. 23, 5–6 (1981).
[Crossref]

S. Bashkin and J. O. Stoner, Atomic Energy Level and Grotian Diagrams (North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1978–1982), Vols. 1–4.

Bauche, J.

M. Klapisch, E. Meroz, P. Mandelbaum, A. Zigler, C. Bauche-Arnoult, and J. Bauche, “Interpretation of unresolved arrays in the soft x-ray spectra of highly ionized molybdenum and palladium,” Phys. Rev. A. 25, 2391–2394 (1982).
[Crossref]

Bauche-Arnoult, C.

M. Klapisch, E. Meroz, P. Mandelbaum, A. Zigler, C. Bauche-Arnoult, and J. Bauche, “Interpretation of unresolved arrays in the soft x-ray spectra of highly ionized molybdenum and palladium,” Phys. Rev. A. 25, 2391–2394 (1982).
[Crossref]

Bell, R. E.

M. Finkenthal, R. E. Bell, and R. W. Moos, “Intercombination lines in Mg i-like Ti xi, V xii, Cr xiii and Fe xv spectrum obtained from a tokamak plasma,” Phys. Lett. A 88, 165–168 (1982).
[Crossref]

M. Finkenthal, R. E. Bell, H. W. Moos, A. K. Bhatia, E. S. Marmar, J. L. Terry, and J. E. Rice, “The molybdenum spectrum emitted by a tokamak plasma in the 300–550 Å range,” Phys. Lett. A 82, 123–126 (1981).
[Crossref]

M. Finkenthal, R. E. Bell, and H. W. Moos, “Forbidden (M i) lines in the spectra of titanium, vanadium, chromium, iron, and nickel observed in the TFR tokamak plasma,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. (to be published).

Bely-Dubau, F.

F. Bely-Dubau, J. Dubau, P. Faucher, and A. H. Gabriel, “Dielectronic satellite spectra for highly charged helium-like ions—VI. Iron spectra with improved inner-shell and helium-like excitation rates,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 198, 239–254 (1982).

F. Bely-Dubau, P. Faucher, L. Steenman-Clark, M. Bitter, S. Von Goeler, K. W. Hill, C. Camhy-Val, and J. Dubau, “Satellite spectra for helium-like titanium,” Phys. Rev. A. 26, 3459–3669 (1982).
[Crossref]

F. Bely-Dubau, J. Dubau, P. Faucher, A. H. Gabriel, M. Loulergue, L. Steenman-Clark, S. Volonté, E. Antonucci, and C. G. Rapley, “Dielectronic satellite spectra for highly-charged helium-like ions—VII. Calcium spectra-theory and comparison with SMM observations,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 210, 1155–1169 (1982).

Benka, O.

R. L. Watson, O. Benka, K. Parthasaradhi, R. J. Maurer, and J. M. Sanders, “Spectra of Ne–Kα x-ray satellites and hyper-satellites excited by 1.2–1.4-MeV anu−1He, C, Mg and Ar ions,” J. Phys. B. 16, 835–851 (1983).
[Crossref]

Bentzen, S. M.

S. M. Bentzen, T. Anderson, and O. Poulsen, “New identifications of doubly excited quartet states of Be ii,” J. Phys. B.L71–L74 (1982).
[Crossref]

T. Andersen, S. M. Bentzen, and O. Poulsen, “Doubly excited states in Be iii,” Phys. Scr. 22, 119–122 (1980).
[Crossref]

Benvenuti, P.

M. V. Penston, P. Benvenuti, A. Cassatella, A. Heck, P. Selvelli, F. Macchetto, D. Ponz, C. Jordan, N. Cramer, F. Rufener, and J. Manfroid, “IUE and other new observations of the slow nova RR Tel,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 202, 833–857 (1983).

Berry, H. G.

H. G. Berry, “Multi-charged ion spectroscopy,” Phys. Scr. T3, 56–62 (1983).
[Crossref]

H. G. Berry, R. L. Brooks, K. T. Cheng, J. E. Hardis, and W. Ray, “The 5P–5S transitions in C iii, N iv and O iv,” Phys. Scr. 25, 391–393 (1982).
[Crossref]

R. De Serio, H. G. Berry, R. L. Brooks, J. Hardis, A. E. Livingston, and S. J. Hinterlog, “2s–2p transitions in helium-like ions,” Phys. Rev. A. 24, 1872–1888 (1981).
[Crossref]

H. G. Berry, R. De Serio, and A. E. Livingston, “Wavelengths and fine structure of 2s–2p transitions in two- and three-electron ions,” Phys. Rev. A. 22, 998–1010 (1980).
[Crossref]

C. Jacques, E. J. Knystautas, R. Drouin, and H. G. Berry, “Line identifications and lifetime measurements in singly and doubly excited C iv and in C v,” Can. J. Phys. 58, 1093–1098 (1980).
[Crossref]

A. E. Livingston, L. J. Curtis, R. M. Schectman, and H. G. Berry, “Energies and lifetimes of excited states in copper-like Kr viii,” Phys. Rev. A. 21, 771–781 (1980).
[Crossref]

Beyer, H. F.

H. A. Klein, S. Bashkin, B. P. Duval, F. Moscatelli, J. D. Silver, H. F. Beyer, and F. Folkmann, “Observations of the 1s 2s3S1–1s 2p3P2,0transitions in helium-like Ne8+ recoil ions produced in a gas target,” J. Phys. B. 15, 4507–4516 (1982).
[Crossref]

Bhatia, A. K.

A. K. Bhatia and H. E. Mason, “Atomic calculations for Ca xvii, UV and x-ray lines,” Astron. Astrophys. Suppl. 52, 115–124 (1983).

A. K. Bhatia and H. E. Mason, “Atomic calculation for Fe xxiii, UV and x-ray lines,” Astron. Astrophys. 103, 324–330 (1981).

M. Finkenthal, R. E. Bell, H. W. Moos, A. K. Bhatia, E. S. Marmar, J. L. Terry, and J. E. Rice, “The molybdenum spectrum emitted by a tokamak plasma in the 300–550 Å range,” Phys. Lett. A 82, 123–126 (1981).
[Crossref]

Biemont, E.

E. Biemont and G. E. Bromage, “Transition probabilities for forbidden lines: The silicon isoelectronic sequence from S iii to Sn xxxvii,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. (to be published).

Bitter, M.

F. Bely-Dubau, P. Faucher, L. Steenman-Clark, M. Bitter, S. Von Goeler, K. W. Hill, C. Camhy-Val, and J. Dubau, “Satellite spectra for helium-like titanium,” Phys. Rev. A. 26, 3459–3669 (1982).
[Crossref]

M. Bitter, S. Von Goeler, K. W. Hill, R. Horton, D. Johnson, W. Roney, N. Sauthoff, E. Silver, and W. Stodiek, “Unresolved dielectronic satellites of the resonance line of helium-like iron (Fe xxv),” Phys. Rev. Lett. 47, 921–924 (1981).
[Crossref]

M. Bitter, S. Goeler, K. W. Cohen, and S. Hill, “Dielectronic satellite spectra of hydrogen-like titanium, Ti xxii,” (Princeton U. Press, Princeton, N.J., 1983); Phys. Rev. A. (to be published).

Bleach, R. D.

Bogdanovichene, M. A.

M. A. Bogdanovichene, E. Ya. Kononov, A. A. Ramones, and X. Ryabtsev, “Spectra of Y xiv–Mo xvii,” Opt. Spectros. 49, 447–452 (1980).

Bogdanovichene, M. I.

M. I. Bogdanovichene, E. Ya. Kononov, G. V. Merkelis, A. A. Ramonas, A. N. Ryabtsev, and S. S. Charilov, “Spectra of the 3p63d8–3p53d9 transition in Y xivMo xvii ions,” Opt. Spektrosk. 49, 447–452 (1980).

Bromage, G. E.

E. Biemont and G. E. Bromage, “Transition probabilities for forbidden lines: The silicon isoelectronic sequence from S iii to Sn xxxvii,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. (to be published).

Bromboszcz, G.

V. V. Krutov, V. V. Korneev, V. Karev, V. M. Lomkova, G. Bromboszcz, M. Saikowski, J. Sylwester, and S. Vasha, “Analysis of the high-resolution x-ray spectra obtained aboard the Intercosmos 16 satellite,” Solar Phys. 73, 105–119 (1981).
[Crossref]

Brooks, R. L.

H. G. Berry, R. L. Brooks, K. T. Cheng, J. E. Hardis, and W. Ray, “The 5P–5S transitions in C iii, N iv and O iv,” Phys. Scr. 25, 391–393 (1982).
[Crossref]

R. De Serio, H. G. Berry, R. L. Brooks, J. Hardis, A. E. Livingston, and S. J. Hinterlog, “2s–2p transitions in helium-like ions,” Phys. Rev. A. 24, 1872–1888 (1981).
[Crossref]

A. E. Livingston, E. H. Pinnington, D. J. G. Irwin, J. A. Kernahan, and R. L. Brooks, “Energies and lifetimes of excited atomic states in Ar v–Ar viii,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 442–447 (1981).
[Crossref]

Broussard, R. M.

D. L. McKenzie, P. B. Landecker, R. M. Broussard, H. R. Rugge, R. M. Young, U. Feldman, and G. A. Doschek, “Solar flare x-ray spectra between 7.8 and 23.0 angstroms,” Astrophys. J. 241, 409–416 (1980).
[Crossref]

Brown, R. A.

R. A. Brown and D. E. Shemansky, “On the nature of S ii emission from Jupiter’s hot plasma torus,” Astrophys. J. 263, 433–442 (1982).
[Crossref]

Brown, W. A.

W. A. Brown, M. E. Bruner, and L. W. Acton, “Performance of a solar soft x-ray spectrograph-telescope,” Astrophys. J. (to be published).

Bruner, M. E.

W. A. Brown, M. E. Bruner, and L. W. Acton, “Performance of a solar soft x-ray spectrograph-telescope,” Astrophys. J. (to be published).

Bryzgunov, V. A.

V. A. Bryzgunov, S. Y. Lukyanov, A. M. Pakhomov, A. M. Potapov, and S. A. Chuvatin, Zh. Eksp. Theor. Fiz. 18, 1907 (1982).

Buchet, J. P.

M. C. Buchet-Poulizac and J. P. Buchet, “Beam-foil study of the 2s22p53/ and 2s 2p63/ configurations of Ar ix,” Phys. Scr. 27, 99–102 (1983).
[Crossref]

J. P. Buchet, M. C. Buchet-Poulizac, A. Denis, J. Désesquelles, and M. Druetta, “Les transitions 2s3S–2p3P des ions heliumoides lourds: cas du Fe xxv,” Nucl. Instrum. Methods 202, 79–93 (1982).
[Crossref]

M. C. Buchet-Poulizac, J. P. Buchet, and P. Ceyzeriat, “Spectroscopic et durees due vie dons Ar vi–viii,” Nucl. Instrum. Methods 202, 13–18 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. P. Buchet, M. C. Buchet-Poulizac, A. Denis, J. Désesquelles, M. Druetta, J. P. Grandin, and X. Husson, “Wavelength measurement of the 1s 2s3S1–1s 2p3P2transition in helium-like Fe24+,” Phys. Rev. A. 23, 3354–3356 (1981).
[Crossref]

Buchet-Poulizac, M. C.

M. C. Buchet-Poulizac and J. P. Buchet, “Beam-foil study of the 2s22p53/ and 2s 2p63/ configurations of Ar ix,” Phys. Scr. 27, 99–102 (1983).
[Crossref]

J. P. Buchet, M. C. Buchet-Poulizac, A. Denis, J. Désesquelles, and M. Druetta, “Les transitions 2s3S–2p3P des ions heliumoides lourds: cas du Fe xxv,” Nucl. Instrum. Methods 202, 79–93 (1982).
[Crossref]

M. C. Buchet-Poulizac, J. P. Buchet, and P. Ceyzeriat, “Spectroscopic et durees due vie dons Ar vi–viii,” Nucl. Instrum. Methods 202, 13–18 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. P. Buchet, M. C. Buchet-Poulizac, A. Denis, J. Désesquelles, M. Druetta, J. P. Grandin, and X. Husson, “Wavelength measurement of the 1s 2s3S1–1s 2p3P2transition in helium-like Fe24+,” Phys. Rev. A. 23, 3354–3356 (1981).
[Crossref]

Bukow, H. H.

H. H. Bukow and G. Heine, “On two transitions in the quartet spectrum of Li i**,” Phys. Lett. A 82, 79–81 (1981).
[Crossref]

Burkhalter, P. G.

Camhy-Val, C.

F. Bely-Dubau, P. Faucher, L. Steenman-Clark, M. Bitter, S. Von Goeler, K. W. Hill, C. Camhy-Val, and J. Dubau, “Satellite spectra for helium-like titanium,” Phys. Rev. A. 26, 3459–3669 (1982).
[Crossref]

Cantu, A. M.

M. Mazzoni, G. P. Tozzi, A. M. Cantu, and M. Pettini, “Extended analysis of the VUV spectrum of neutral carbon,” Physica 111C, 379–385 (1981).

Carrol, P. K.

P. K. Carrol and G. O’Sullivan, “Ground-state configurations of ionic species i through xvi for Z= 57–74 and the interpretation of 4d–4f emission resonances in laser-produced plasmas,” Phys. Rev. A. 26, 275–286 (1982).
[Crossref]

P. K. Carrol and G. O’Sullivan, “The observation of 5d–5f resonant emission in thorium in high ion stages (≈viii to xvi),” Phys. Lett. A 84, 59–61 (1981).
[Crossref]

Cassatella, A.

M. V. Penston, P. Benvenuti, A. Cassatella, A. Heck, P. Selvelli, F. Macchetto, D. Ponz, C. Jordan, N. Cramer, F. Rufener, and J. Manfroid, “IUE and other new observations of the slow nova RR Tel,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 202, 833–857 (1983).

Cecchi, J. L.

B. M. Johnson, K. W. Jones, J. L. Cecchi, and T. H. Kruse, “EUV spectra of Mo xiv to Mo xxix,” Phys. Lett. A 78, 61–64 (1980).
[Crossref]

Cederquist, H.

S. Mannervik and H. Cederquist, “The quartet system of Li i,” Phys. Scr. 27, 175–182 (1983).
[Crossref]

Ceyzeriat, P.

M. C. Buchet-Poulizac, J. P. Buchet, and P. Ceyzeriat, “Spectroscopic et durees due vie dons Ar vi–viii,” Nucl. Instrum. Methods 202, 13–18 (1982).
[Crossref]

Chaghtai, M. S. Z.

Z. A. Khan, M. S. Z. Chaghtai, and K. Rahimullah, “Transitions between excited energy levels of Zr vii,” J. Phys. B. 16, 1685–1693 (1983).
[Crossref]

M. S. Z. Chaghtai, Q. Shujauddin, and A. Mushtaq, “An experimental study of the 4p35p, 4f configurations of Nb viii,” J. Phys. B. 15, 2587–2594 (1982).
[Crossref]

Q. Shujauddin, A. Mushtag, and M. S. Z. Chaghtai, “The fifth spectrum of niobium (Nb v),” Phys. Scr. 25, 924–928 (1982).
[Crossref]

Q. Shujauddin, M. S. Z. Chaghtai, A. Mushtag, and A. Tauheed, “The spectrum of five-times ionized niobium (Nb vi),” Phys. Scr. 26, 91–96 (1982).
[Crossref]

Z. A. Khan, K. Rahimullah, and M. S. Z. Chaghtai, “Additions to the spectrum of quadruply ionized zirconium (Zr v),” Phys. Scr. 23, 843–848 (1981).
[Crossref]

Z. A. Khan, M. S. Z. Chaghtai, and K. Rahimullah, “Classified lines and energy levels of doubly ionized zirconium (Zr iii),” Phys. Scr. 23, 29–37 (1981).
[Crossref]

Z. A. Khan, M. S. Z. Chaghtai, and K. Rahimullah, “Spectrum of five times ionized zirconium (Zr vi),” Phys. Scr. 23, 837–842 (1981).
[Crossref]

M. S. Z. Chaghtai, Z. A. Khan, and K. Rahimullah, “4s24p2–4s 4p3 transitions in Zr ix,” J. Phys. B. 13, 2523–2526 (1980).
[Crossref]

Z. A. Khan, M. S. Z. Chaghtai, and K. Rahimullah, “Resonance transitions in Zr viii,” J. Phys. B. 13, 2517–2522 (1980).
[Crossref]

K. Rahimullah, Z. A. Khan, and M. S. Z. Chaghtai, “Spectrum of trebly ionized zirconium (Zr iv),” Phys. Scr. 22, 493–497 (1980).
[Crossref]

M. S. Z. Chaghtai and T. Ahmad, “The molybedenum spectra of Mo i–xlii,” (International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, Austria, 1982).

Charilov, S. S.

M. I. Bogdanovichene, E. Ya. Kononov, G. V. Merkelis, A. A. Ramonas, A. N. Ryabtsev, and S. S. Charilov, “Spectra of the 3p63d8–3p53d9 transition in Y xivMo xvii ions,” Opt. Spektrosk. 49, 447–452 (1980).

Cheng, K. T.

H. G. Berry, R. L. Brooks, K. T. Cheng, J. E. Hardis, and W. Ray, “The 5P–5S transitions in C iii, N iv and O iv,” Phys. Scr. 25, 391–393 (1982).
[Crossref]

K. T. Cheng, C. L. Froese-Fischer, and Y. Kim, “Intershell correlation corrections to the energy levels of the n= 2 states of Li-like to F-like ions,” J. Phys. B. 15, 181–189 (1982).
[Crossref]

Chirkov, V. A.

E. Ya. Kononov, A. E. Kramida, L. I. Podobedova, E. N. Ragozin, and V. A. Chirkov, “Analysis of the 3s–3p and 3p–3d transitions of S vii from laser-produced-plasma,” Phys. Scr. (to be published).

A. E. Kramida, L. I. Podobedova, E. N. Ragozin, and V. A. Chirkov, “Analysis of the 3s–3p and 3p–3d transitions of Cl viii from laser-produced-plasma,” Phys. Scr. (to be published).

Chuvatin, S. A.

V. A. Bryzgunov, S. Y. Lukyanov, A. M. Pakhomov, A. M. Potapov, and S. A. Chuvatin, Zh. Eksp. Theor. Fiz. 18, 1907 (1982).

Chyrilov, S. S.

E. Ya. Kononov, L. I. Podobedova, and S. S. Chyrilov, “Spectra of 3–3transitions in Ag xxii–Sn xxv ions of the Fe i isoelectronic sequence,” Opt. Spektrosk. (to be published).

Cohen, K. W.

M. Bitter, S. Goeler, K. W. Cohen, and S. Hill, “Dielectronic satellite spectra of hydrogen-like titanium, Ti xxii,” (Princeton U. Press, Princeton, N.J., 1983); Phys. Rev. A. (to be published).

Cohen, L.

Cohen, M.

E. Markiewicz, R. P. McEachran, and M. Cohen, “The polarised frozen-core approximation: oscillator strengths for the beryllium isoelectronic sequence,” Phys. Scr. 23, 828–834 (1981).
[Crossref]

Cohen, S.

B. Denne, E. Hinnov, S. Suckewer, and S. Cohen, “Magnetic dipole lines in the 3s23px configurations from copper to molybdenum,” Phys. Rev. A. 28, 206–208 (1983).
[Crossref]

B. C. Stratton, W. L. Hodge, H. W. Moos, J. L. Schwob, S. Suckewer, M. Finkenthal, and S. Cohen, “Spectra of germanium and selenium in the 50–350 Å region from the PLT tokamak plasma,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 73, 877–881 (1983).
[Crossref]

S. Suckewer, E. Hinnov, S. Cohen, M. Finkenthal, and K. Sato, “Identification of magnetic dipole lines above 2000 Å in several highly ionized Mo and Zr ions on the PLT tokamak,” Phys. Rev. A. 26, 1161–1163 (1982).
[Crossref]

E. Hinnov, S. Suckewer, S. Cohen, and K. Sato, “Observed transitions in n= 2 ground-state configurations of copper, nickel, iron, chromium and germanium in tokamak discharges,” Phys. Rev. A. 25, 2293–2301 (1982).
[Crossref]

M. Finkenthal, E. Hinnov, S. Cohen, and S. Suckewer, “The 3s2 1S0–3s 3p3P1magnesium sequence intercombination lines from Sc x to Mo xxxi observed in the PLT tokamak,” Phys. Lett. 91, 284–286 (1982).
[Crossref]

Conturie, Y.

Conway, J. G.

Cooper, D.

V. Kaufman, J. Sugar, and D. Cooper, “N i isoelectronic sequence: observations of 2sm 2pn–2sm−12pn+1 intersystem transitions and improved measurements for Cl xi, K xiii, Ca xiv, Sc xv, Ti xvi and V xvii,” Phys. Scr. 26, 163–167 (1982).
[Crossref]

V. Kaufman, J. Sugar, and D. Cooper, “F i and O i isoelectronic sequences: observations of 2sm 2pn–;2sm−12pn+1 intersystem transitions and improved measurements for Cl, K, Ca, Sc, Ti and V,” Phys. Scr. 25, 623–626 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. Sugar, V. Kaufman, and D. Cooper, “C i isoelectronic sequence: observations of 2sm 2pn–2sm−12pn+1 intersystem transitions and improved measurement for Ci xii, K xiv, Ca xv, Sc xvi, Ti xvii and V xviii,” Phys. Scr. 26, 189–193 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. Sugar, V. Kaufman, and D. Cooper, “B i isoelectronic sequence: observation of 2s 2p2–2p3 intersystem lines in Sc xvii and improved measurements for Cl xiii, K xv, Ca xvi, Sc xvii and Ti xviii,” Phys. Scr. 26, 293–295 (1982).
[Crossref]

Corliss, C.

C. Corliss and J. Sugar, “Energy levels of iron Fe i–Fe xxvi,” J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data 11, 135–241 (1982).
[Crossref]

C. Corliss and J. Sugar, “Energy levels of nickel Ni i–Ni xxxviii,” J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data 10, 197–289 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. Sugar and C. Corliss, “Energy levels of cobalt Co i–Co xxvii,” J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data 10, 1097–1174 (1981).
[Crossref]

Cowan, R. D.

K. J. H. Phillips, J. R. Lemen, R. D. Cowan, G. A. Doscheck, and J. W. Leibacher, “Inner-shell transitions in Fe xix–xxii in the x-ray spectra of solar flares and tokamaks,” Astrophys. J. 265, 1120–1134 (1983).
[Crossref]

R. D. Cowan, “Effects of autoionizing levels in highly ionized atoms,” Phys. Scr. T3, 200–207 (1983).
[Crossref]

E. Källne, J. Källne, and R. D. Cowan, “High-resolution x-ray spectra from molybdenum ions in the Alcator-C tokamak,” Phys. Rev. A. 27, 2682–2696 (1983).
[Crossref]

R. D. Cowan, L. M. Hobbs, and D. G. York, “Theoretical oscillator strengths for 21 spin-forbidden lines of C, N, O, Al and Si,” Astrophys. J. 757, 373–375 (1982).
[Crossref]

P. G. Burkhalter, L. Cohen, R. D. Cowan, and B. Sweeny, “Spectra of Nb xii–xvii from a low-inductance vacuum spark,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 72, 95–102 (1982).
[Crossref]

Y. Conturie, B. Yaakabi, U. Feldman, G. A. Doschek, and R. D. Cowan, “Observation of new lines of Xe xliv, xlv, xlvi and xlvii in the range 2.5–3.0 from laser-imploded targets,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 1309–1314 (1981).

R. D. Cowan, “Progress in the spectroscopy of highly ionized atoms and its use in plasma diagnostics,” Phys. Scr. 24, 615–621 (1981).
[Crossref]

G. A. Doschek, U. Feldman, and R. D. Cowan, “High resolution x-ray spectra of solar flares. V. Interpretation of inner-shell transitions in Fe xx–Fe xxiii,” Astrophys. J. 245, 315–327 (1981).
[Crossref]

P. G. Burkhalter, J. Reader, and R. D. Cowan, “Spectra of Mo xiii–xviii from a laser-produced plasma and a low-inductance vacuum spark,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 912–919 (1980).
[Crossref]

R. D. Cowan, The Theory of Atomic Structure and Spectra (U. California Press, Berkeley, Calif., 1981).

Cramer, N.

M. V. Penston, P. Benvenuti, A. Cassatella, A. Heck, P. Selvelli, F. Macchetto, D. Ponz, C. Jordan, N. Cramer, F. Rufener, and J. Manfroid, “IUE and other new observations of the slow nova RR Tel,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 202, 833–857 (1983).

Crifo-Magnant, F.

M. Eidelsberg, F. Crifo-Magnant, and C. J. Zeippen, “Forbidden lines in hot astronomical sources,” Astron. Astrophys. Suppl. 43, 455–471 (1981).

Culhane, J. L.

K. J. H. Phillips, J. W. Leibacher, C. J. Wolfson, J. H. Parkinson, B. C. Fawcett, B. J. Kent, H. E. Mason, L. W. Acton, J. L. Culhane, and A. H. Gabriel, “Solar flare x-ray spectra from the Solar Maximum Mission flat crystal spectrometer,” Astrophys. J. 256, 774–787 (1982).
[Crossref]

Curtis, L. J.

L. J. Curtis and P.S. Ramanujam, “Semi-empirical calculations of fine structure splittings and ionization potentials in the Mg i isoelectronic sequence”; “Isoelectronic wavelength predictions for magnetic-dipole, electric-quadrupole and intercombination transitions in the Mg sequence,” Phys. Scr. 23, 1043–1046 (1981).
[Crossref]

A. E. Livingston, L. J. Curtis, R. M. Schectman, and H. G. Berry, “Energies and lifetimes of excited states in copper-like Kr viii,” Phys. Rev. A. 21, 771–781 (1980).
[Crossref]

Dabau, J.

J. Dabau and M. Loulergue, “High resolution spectra from inner-shell transitions in highly ionized chromium (Cr xix–xxiii),” J. Phys. B. 15, 1007–1019 (1981).

De Serio, R.

R. De Serio, H. G. Berry, R. L. Brooks, J. Hardis, A. E. Livingston, and S. J. Hinterlog, “2s–2p transitions in helium-like ions,” Phys. Rev. A. 24, 1872–1888 (1981).
[Crossref]

H. G. Berry, R. De Serio, and A. E. Livingston, “Wavelengths and fine structure of 2s–2p transitions in two- and three-electron ions,” Phys. Rev. A. 22, 998–1010 (1980).
[Crossref]

Denis, A.

J. P. Buchet, M. C. Buchet-Poulizac, A. Denis, J. Désesquelles, and M. Druetta, “Les transitions 2s3S–2p3P des ions heliumoides lourds: cas du Fe xxv,” Nucl. Instrum. Methods 202, 79–93 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. P. Buchet, M. C. Buchet-Poulizac, A. Denis, J. Désesquelles, M. Druetta, J. P. Grandin, and X. Husson, “Wavelength measurement of the 1s 2s3S1–1s 2p3P2transition in helium-like Fe24+,” Phys. Rev. A. 23, 3354–3356 (1981).
[Crossref]

Denne, B.

B. Denne, E. Hinnov, S. Suckewer, and S. Cohen, “Magnetic dipole lines in the 3s23px configurations from copper to molybdenum,” Phys. Rev. A. 28, 206–208 (1983).
[Crossref]

I. Martinson, B. Denne, J. O. Ekberg, L. Engström, S. Huldt, C. Jupen, U. Litzen, S. Mannervik, and A. Trigueiros, “Transitions in multiply excited F vi and F vii,” Phys. Scr. 27, 201–206 (1983).
[Crossref]

B. Denne, E. Hinnov, S. Suckewer, and J. Timberlake, “On the ground configuration of the phosphorus sequence from copper to molybdenum” (to be published).

Désesquelles, J.

J. P. Buchet, M. C. Buchet-Poulizac, A. Denis, J. Désesquelles, and M. Druetta, “Les transitions 2s3S–2p3P des ions heliumoides lourds: cas du Fe xxv,” Nucl. Instrum. Methods 202, 79–93 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. P. Buchet, M. C. Buchet-Poulizac, A. Denis, J. Désesquelles, M. Druetta, J. P. Grandin, and X. Husson, “Wavelength measurement of the 1s 2s3S1–1s 2p3P2transition in helium-like Fe24+,” Phys. Rev. A. 23, 3354–3356 (1981).
[Crossref]

Donnelly, K. E.

Doscheck, G. A.

K. J. H. Phillips, J. R. Lemen, R. D. Cowan, G. A. Doscheck, and J. W. Leibacher, “Inner-shell transitions in Fe xix–xxii in the x-ray spectra of solar flares and tokamaks,” Astrophys. J. 265, 1120–1134 (1983).
[Crossref]

Doschek, G. A.

G. A. Doschek, U. Feldman, and R. D. Cowan, “High resolution x-ray spectra of solar flares. V. Interpretation of inner-shell transitions in Fe xx–Fe xxiii,” Astrophys. J. 245, 315–327 (1981).
[Crossref]

Y. Conturie, B. Yaakabi, U. Feldman, G. A. Doschek, and R. D. Cowan, “Observation of new lines of Xe xliv, xlv, xlvi and xlvii in the range 2.5–3.0 from laser-imploded targets,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 1309–1314 (1981).

U. Feldman, G. A. Doschek, and R. W. Kreplin, “High-resolution x-ray spectra of the 1979 March 25 solar flare,” Astrophys. J. 238, 365–374 (1980).
[Crossref]

D. L. McKenzie, P. B. Landecker, R. M. Broussard, H. R. Rugge, R. M. Young, U. Feldman, and G. A. Doschek, “Solar flare x-ray spectra between 7.8 and 23.0 angstroms,” Astrophys. J. 241, 409–416 (1980).
[Crossref]

Drouin, R.

C. Jacques, E. J. Knystautas, R. Drouin, and H. G. Berry, “Line identifications and lifetime measurements in singly and doubly excited C iv and in C v,” Can. J. Phys. 58, 1093–1098 (1980).
[Crossref]

Druetta, M.

M. Druetta, C. Jacques, and E. J. Knystautas, “Equilibrium charge state distributions in carbon, far-UV spectroscopes and radiative lifetimes of aluminium ions (Al vi–x),” J. Phys. B. 16, 167–176 (1983).
[Crossref]

J. P. Buchet, M. C. Buchet-Poulizac, A. Denis, J. Désesquelles, and M. Druetta, “Les transitions 2s3S–2p3P des ions heliumoides lourds: cas du Fe xxv,” Nucl. Instrum. Methods 202, 79–93 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. P. Buchet, M. C. Buchet-Poulizac, A. Denis, J. Désesquelles, M. Druetta, J. P. Grandin, and X. Husson, “Wavelength measurement of the 1s 2s3S1–1s 2p3P2transition in helium-like Fe24+,” Phys. Rev. A. 23, 3354–3356 (1981).
[Crossref]

Dubau, J.

F. Bely-Dubau, P. Faucher, L. Steenman-Clark, M. Bitter, S. Von Goeler, K. W. Hill, C. Camhy-Val, and J. Dubau, “Satellite spectra for helium-like titanium,” Phys. Rev. A. 26, 3459–3669 (1982).
[Crossref]

F. Bely-Dubau, J. Dubau, P. Faucher, A. H. Gabriel, M. Loulergue, L. Steenman-Clark, S. Volonté, E. Antonucci, and C. G. Rapley, “Dielectronic satellite spectra for highly-charged helium-like ions—VII. Calcium spectra-theory and comparison with SMM observations,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 210, 1155–1169 (1982).

F. Bely-Dubau, J. Dubau, P. Faucher, and A. H. Gabriel, “Dielectronic satellite spectra for highly charged helium-like ions—VI. Iron spectra with improved inner-shell and helium-like excitation rates,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 198, 239–254 (1982).

J. Dubau, A. H. Gabriel, M. Loulergue, L. Steenman-Clark, and S. Voloné, “Dielectronic satellite spectra for hydrogen-like iron in low density plasmas,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 195, 705–719 (1981).

Duval, B. P.

H. A. Klein, S. Bashkin, B. P. Duval, F. Moscatelli, J. D. Silver, H. F. Beyer, and F. Folkmann, “Observations of the 1s 2s3S1–1s 2p3P2,0transitions in helium-like Ne8+ recoil ions produced in a gas target,” J. Phys. B. 15, 4507–4516 (1982).
[Crossref]

Edlén, B.

B. Edlén, “Early observations of highly charged ions,” Phys. Scr. 25, 5–6 (1983).
[Crossref]

B. Edlén, “Comparison of theoretical and experimental level values of the n= 2 complex in ions isoelectronic with Li, Be, O and F,” Phys. Scr. 25, 293–310 (1983).

B. Edlén, “Comparison of theoretical and experimental level values of the n= 2 configurations in the boron isoelectronic sequence,” Phys. Scr. 25, 345–358 (1983).

B. Edlén, “Accurate values of the energy intervals in the configurations 1s22s22p(k= 1–5),” Phys. Scr. 26, 71–83 (1982).
[Crossref]

B. Edlén, “A critical compilation of energy levels in the configurations 2smpk(m= 2, 1, 0) of F i-, O i- and Be i-like spectra,” Phys. Scr. 22, 593–602 (1981).
[Crossref]

B. Edlén, “Critical compilation of energy levels of the low configuration in boron-like ions,” Phys. Scr. 23, 1079–1086 (1981).
[Crossref]

V. Kaufman and B. Edlén, “Reference wavelengths from atomic spectra in the range 15 Å to 2500 Å,” J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data 3, 825–854 (1974).
[Crossref]

Eidelsberg, M.

M. Eidelsberg, F. Crifo-Magnant, and C. J. Zeippen, “Forbidden lines in hot astronomical sources,” Astron. Astrophys. Suppl. 43, 455–471 (1981).

Ekberg, J. O.

I. Martinson, B. Denne, J. O. Ekberg, L. Engström, S. Huldt, C. Jupen, U. Litzen, S. Mannervik, and A. Trigueiros, “Transitions in multiply excited F vi and F vii,” Phys. Scr. 27, 201–206 (1983).
[Crossref]

J. O. Ekberg and L. Engström, “Extended analysis of Cr iv,” Phys. Scr. 25, 611–622 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. O. Ekberg, “Term analysis of Fe vii,” Phys. Scr. 23, 7–20 (1981).
[Crossref]

Engström, L.

I. Martinson, B. Denne, J. O. Ekberg, L. Engström, S. Huldt, C. Jupen, U. Litzen, S. Mannervik, and A. Trigueiros, “Transitions in multiply excited F vi and F vii,” Phys. Scr. 27, 201–206 (1983).
[Crossref]

J. O. Ekberg and L. Engström, “Extended analysis of Cr iv,” Phys. Scr. 25, 611–622 (1982).
[Crossref]

Epstein, G. L.

Faucher, P.

F. Bely-Dubau, J. Dubau, P. Faucher, and A. H. Gabriel, “Dielectronic satellite spectra for highly charged helium-like ions—VI. Iron spectra with improved inner-shell and helium-like excitation rates,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 198, 239–254 (1982).

F. Bely-Dubau, J. Dubau, P. Faucher, A. H. Gabriel, M. Loulergue, L. Steenman-Clark, S. Volonté, E. Antonucci, and C. G. Rapley, “Dielectronic satellite spectra for highly-charged helium-like ions—VII. Calcium spectra-theory and comparison with SMM observations,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 210, 1155–1169 (1982).

F. Bely-Dubau, P. Faucher, L. Steenman-Clark, M. Bitter, S. Von Goeler, K. W. Hill, C. Camhy-Val, and J. Dubau, “Satellite spectra for helium-like titanium,” Phys. Rev. A. 26, 3459–3669 (1982).
[Crossref]

Fawcett, B. C.

B. C. Fawcett, “Oscillator strengths and energy levels O v to Ni xxv,” At. Data Nucl. Data Tables 30, 1–26 (1984).
[Crossref]

B. C. Fawcett, “Oscillator strengths and energy levels for Mg i-like ions,” At. Data Nucl. Data Tables 28, 579–596 (1983).
[Crossref]

B. C. Fawcett, “Oscillator strengths and energy levels for Al i-like ions,” At. Data Nucl. Data Tables 28, 557–578 (1983).
[Crossref]

K. J. H. Phillips, J. W. Leibacher, C. J. Wolfson, J. H. Parkinson, B. C. Fawcett, B. J. Kent, H. E. Mason, L. W. Acton, J. L. Culhane, and A. H. Gabriel, “Solar flare x-ray spectra from the Solar Maximum Mission flat crystal spectrometer,” Astrophys. J. 256, 774–787 (1982).
[Crossref]

E. Traebert, B. C. Fawcett, and J. D. Silver, “One- and two-electron one-photon satellite transitions in the x-ray spectrum of foil excited F and Si,” J. Phys. B. 15, 3587–3597 (1982).
[Crossref]

B. C. Fawcett and A. Ridgeley, “Analysis of n= 3 to n= 4 spectra for ions from Mg x to Fe xxiv and P xi, xii,” J. Phys. B.203–208 (1981).
[Crossref]

B. C. Fawcett, “Classification of the spectra of highly ionized atoms during the last seven years,” Phys. Scr. 24, 663–680 (1981).
[Crossref]

B. C. Fawcett, A. Ridgeley, and A. T. Hatter, “Spectra of transitions within the second shell belonging to elements between argon and vanadium,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 11, 1349–1354 (1980).
[Crossref]

B. C. Fawcett, “Recent progress in the classification of the spectra of highly ionized atoms,” Adv. At. Mol. Phys. 10, 223–291 (1974).
[Crossref]

B. C. Fawcett, “Classifications in the period between calcium and iron of emission lines isoelectronic with those of carbon, nitrogen, oxygen and fluorine,” J. Phys. B. 4, 981–985 (1971).
[Crossref]

B. C. Fawcett, “Oscillator strengths Be i to O iv,” At. Data Nucl. Data Tables (to be published).

B. C. Fawcett, “The atomic structure Hartree–Fock-relativistic and Hartree–XR program-package translated for IBM from the Cowan-CDC version, plus the Zeeman parameter optimisation,” (Rutherford Appleton Laboratory, Chilton, U.K., 1983).

Feldman, U.

G. A. Doschek, U. Feldman, and R. D. Cowan, “High resolution x-ray spectra of solar flares. V. Interpretation of inner-shell transitions in Fe xx–Fe xxiii,” Astrophys. J. 245, 315–327 (1981).
[Crossref]

U. Feldman, “The use of spectra/emission lines in the diagnostics of hot solar plasmas,” Phys. Scr. 24, 681–711 (1981).
[Crossref]

Y. Conturie, B. Yaakabi, U. Feldman, G. A. Doschek, and R. D. Cowan, “Observation of new lines of Xe xliv, xlv, xlvi and xlvii in the range 2.5–3.0 from laser-imploded targets,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 1309–1314 (1981).

U. Feldman, G. A. Doschek, and R. W. Kreplin, “High-resolution x-ray spectra of the 1979 March 25 solar flare,” Astrophys. J. 238, 365–374 (1980).
[Crossref]

D. L. McKenzie, P. B. Landecker, R. M. Broussard, H. R. Rugge, R. M. Young, U. Feldman, and G. A. Doschek, “Solar flare x-ray spectra between 7.8 and 23.0 angstroms,” Astrophys. J. 241, 409–416 (1980).
[Crossref]

Finkenthal, M.

B. C. Stratton, W. L. Hodge, H. W. Moos, J. L. Schwob, S. Suckewer, M. Finkenthal, and S. Cohen, “Spectra of germanium and selenium in the 50–350 Å region from the PLT tokamak plasma,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 73, 877–881 (1983).
[Crossref]

S. Suckewer, E. Hinnov, S. Cohen, M. Finkenthal, and K. Sato, “Identification of magnetic dipole lines above 2000 Å in several highly ionized Mo and Zr ions on the PLT tokamak,” Phys. Rev. A. 26, 1161–1163 (1982).
[Crossref]

M. Finkenthal, R. E. Bell, and R. W. Moos, “Intercombination lines in Mg i-like Ti xi, V xii, Cr xiii and Fe xv spectrum obtained from a tokamak plasma,” Phys. Lett. A 88, 165–168 (1982).
[Crossref]

M. Finkenthal, E. Hinnov, S. Cohen, and S. Suckewer, “The 3s2 1S0–3s 3p3P1magnesium sequence intercombination lines from Sc x to Mo xxxi observed in the PLT tokamak,” Phys. Lett. 91, 284–286 (1982).
[Crossref]

M. Finkenthal, R. E. Bell, H. W. Moos, A. K. Bhatia, E. S. Marmar, J. L. Terry, and J. E. Rice, “The molybdenum spectrum emitted by a tokamak plasma in the 300–550 Å range,” Phys. Lett. A 82, 123–126 (1981).
[Crossref]

N. Schweitzer, M. Klapisch, J. L. Schwob, M. Finkenthal, P. Bar-Shalom, P. Mandelbaum, and B. S. Fraenkel, “Nickel-like spectra of elements Y xii to Ag xx from a vacuum spark,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 219–226 (1981).
[Crossref]

M. Finkenthal, R. E. Bell, and H. W. Moos, “Forbidden (M i) lines in the spectra of titanium, vanadium, chromium, iron, and nickel observed in the TFR tokamak plasma,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. (to be published).

Folkmann, F.

H. A. Klein, S. Bashkin, B. P. Duval, F. Moscatelli, J. D. Silver, H. F. Beyer, and F. Folkmann, “Observations of the 1s 2s3S1–1s 2p3P2,0transitions in helium-like Ne8+ recoil ions produced in a gas target,” J. Phys. B. 15, 4507–4516 (1982).
[Crossref]

Fraenkel, B. S.

Froese-Fischer, C.

C. Froese-Fischer, “Multiconfiguration Hartree–Fock Breit–Pauli 2P1/2–2P3/2transitions results for in the boron sequence,” J. Phys. B.157–165 (1983).
[Crossref]

Froese-Fischer, C. L.

K. T. Cheng, C. L. Froese-Fischer, and Y. Kim, “Intershell correlation corrections to the energy levels of the n= 2 states of Li-like to F-like ions,” J. Phys. B. 15, 181–189 (1982).
[Crossref]

Fukuda, K.

K. Fukuda and T. Hasama, “Extreme ultraviolet spectra of emission from plasma focus. III. A iv to ix and Si vi to x ion lines from 60 to 350 Å,” Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 21, 178 (1982).
[Crossref]

T. Hasama and K. Fukuda, “Extreme ultraviolet spectra of emission from plasma focus. II. Ar xi to Ar xv ion lines from 130 to 230 Å,” Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 21, 173–177 (1982).
[Crossref]

R. Okasada and K. Fukuda, “Doubly excited levels of alkaline-earth elements near the first ionization line: I. Magnesium,” J. Phys. B. 15, 347–355 (1982).
[Crossref]

R. Okasada and K. Fukuda, “Doubly excited levels of alkaline-earth elements near the first ionization line: II. Calcium,” J. Phys. B. 15, 357–370 (1982).
[Crossref]

T. Hasama, Y. Onishi, M. Uchiike, and K. Fukuda, “Extreme ultraviolet spectra of emission from plasma focus. I. Fe ion lines from 70 to 210 Å,” Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 20, 2269–2279 (1981).
[Crossref]

Gabriel, A. H.

F. Bely-Dubau, J. Dubau, P. Faucher, A. H. Gabriel, M. Loulergue, L. Steenman-Clark, S. Volonté, E. Antonucci, and C. G. Rapley, “Dielectronic satellite spectra for highly-charged helium-like ions—VII. Calcium spectra-theory and comparison with SMM observations,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 210, 1155–1169 (1982).

F. Bely-Dubau, J. Dubau, P. Faucher, and A. H. Gabriel, “Dielectronic satellite spectra for highly charged helium-like ions—VI. Iron spectra with improved inner-shell and helium-like excitation rates,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 198, 239–254 (1982).

K. J. H. Phillips, J. W. Leibacher, C. J. Wolfson, J. H. Parkinson, B. C. Fawcett, B. J. Kent, H. E. Mason, L. W. Acton, J. L. Culhane, and A. H. Gabriel, “Solar flare x-ray spectra from the Solar Maximum Mission flat crystal spectrometer,” Astrophys. J. 256, 774–787 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. Dubau, A. H. Gabriel, M. Loulergue, L. Steenman-Clark, and S. Voloné, “Dielectronic satellite spectra for hydrogen-like iron in low density plasmas,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 195, 705–719 (1981).

Glass, R.

R. Glass, “Oscillator strengths, transition probabilities and lifetimes for allowed transitions in Ne vii,” Phys. Scr. 23, 24–28 (1981).
[Crossref]

Goeler, S.

M. Bitter, S. Goeler, K. W. Cohen, and S. Hill, “Dielectronic satellite spectra of hydrogen-like titanium, Ti xxii,” (Princeton U. Press, Princeton, N.J., 1983); Phys. Rev. A. (to be published).

Goldschmidt, Z. B.

Z. B. Goldschmidt, “The 3d 5g configuration of V vi,” J. Phys. B. 15, L581–L585 (1982).
[Crossref]

Grandin, J. P.

J. P. Buchet, M. C. Buchet-Poulizac, A. Denis, J. Désesquelles, M. Druetta, J. P. Grandin, and X. Husson, “Wavelength measurement of the 1s 2s3S1–1s 2p3P2transition in helium-like Fe24+,” Phys. Rev. A. 23, 3354–3356 (1981).
[Crossref]

Grant, I. P.

J. Hata and I. P. Grant, “The 1s 2s 2p2 5P–1s 2p3 5S transitions in the beryllium isoelectronic sequence,” J. Phys. B. 16, L125–L128 (1983).
[Crossref]

J. Hata and I. P. Grant, “Fine structure of the 1s 2s 2p4P∘ and 1s 2p2 4P terms of the lithium isoelectronic sequence and wavelengths of transitions between them,” J. Phys. B. 16, 915–925 (1983).
[Crossref]

J. Hata and I. P. Grant, “MCDF calculation of wavelengths and intensities of satellite lines in lithium-like ions,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 198, 1081–1088 (1982).

Gregory, D. C.

E. Traebert, K. W. Jones, B. M. Johnson, D. C. Gregory, and T. H. Kruse, “Beam-foil lifetimes of n= 3 levels in Fe xiii to Fe xvi. II. Analysis of decay curves,” Phys. Lett. A 87, 336–340 (1982).
[Crossref]

B. M. Johnson, K. W. Jones, and D. C. Gregory, “Contributions to fusion research from studies of foil-excited heavy ion beams,” IEEE Trans. Nucl. Sci. NS-28, 1350–1353 (1981).
[Crossref]

Hallin, R.

R. Hallin, J. A. Leavitt, A. Lindgard, P. W. Rathmann, H. Vach, and E. Veje, “Beam foil excitation of xenon, 4 MeV,” Nucl. Instrum. Methods 202, 41–44 (1982).
[Crossref]

S. Bashkin, R. Hallin, J. Leavitt, U. Litzen, and D. Walker, “Hydrogenic terms and the ionization potential fo Xe viii,” Phys. Scr. 23, 5–6 (1981).
[Crossref]

Hansen, J. E.

J. E. Hansen and W. P. Persson, “Revised analysis of the 5p4 ground configuration of two-times ionized Xe (Xe iii) and reevaluation of transition probabilities for forbidden lines within this configuration,” Phys. Scr. 25, 487–590 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. E. Hansen and A. J. J. Raassen, “A study of fitted and calculated parameter values in iii, iv, V and vi spectra of the iron group elements,” Physica 111C, 76–101 (1981).

A. J. J. Raassen and J. E. Hansen, “Forbidden lines of four and five times ionized iron and nickel in the spectra of RR Telescop II and ETA carinae,” Astrophys. J. 243, 217–222 (1981).
[Crossref]

Hardis, J.

R. De Serio, H. G. Berry, R. L. Brooks, J. Hardis, A. E. Livingston, and S. J. Hinterlog, “2s–2p transitions in helium-like ions,” Phys. Rev. A. 24, 1872–1888 (1981).
[Crossref]

Hardis, J. E.

H. G. Berry, R. L. Brooks, K. T. Cheng, J. E. Hardis, and W. Ray, “The 5P–5S transitions in C iii, N iv and O iv,” Phys. Scr. 25, 391–393 (1982).
[Crossref]

Hasama, T.

T. Hasama and K. Fukuda, “Extreme ultraviolet spectra of emission from plasma focus. II. Ar xi to Ar xv ion lines from 130 to 230 Å,” Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 21, 173–177 (1982).
[Crossref]

K. Fukuda and T. Hasama, “Extreme ultraviolet spectra of emission from plasma focus. III. A iv to ix and Si vi to x ion lines from 60 to 350 Å,” Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 21, 178 (1982).
[Crossref]

T. Hasama, Y. Onishi, M. Uchiike, and K. Fukuda, “Extreme ultraviolet spectra of emission from plasma focus. I. Fe ion lines from 70 to 210 Å,” Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 20, 2269–2279 (1981).
[Crossref]

Hata, J.

J. Hata and I. P. Grant, “The 1s 2s 2p2 5P–1s 2p3 5S transitions in the beryllium isoelectronic sequence,” J. Phys. B. 16, L125–L128 (1983).
[Crossref]

J. Hata and I. P. Grant, “Fine structure of the 1s 2s 2p4P∘ and 1s 2p2 4P terms of the lithium isoelectronic sequence and wavelengths of transitions between them,” J. Phys. B. 16, 915–925 (1983).
[Crossref]

J. Hata and I. P. Grant, “MCDF calculation of wavelengths and intensities of satellite lines in lithium-like ions,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 198, 1081–1088 (1982).

Hatter, A. T.

B. C. Fawcett, A. Ridgeley, and A. T. Hatter, “Spectra of transitions within the second shell belonging to elements between argon and vanadium,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 11, 1349–1354 (1980).
[Crossref]

Heck, A.

M. V. Penston, P. Benvenuti, A. Cassatella, A. Heck, P. Selvelli, F. Macchetto, D. Ponz, C. Jordan, N. Cramer, F. Rufener, and J. Manfroid, “IUE and other new observations of the slow nova RR Tel,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 202, 833–857 (1983).

Heckmann, P. H.

E. Traebert, H. Hellmann, P. H. Heckmann, S. Bashkin, H. A. Klein, and J. D. Silver, “Fine structure transitions in doubly excited three-electron Mg9+,” Phys. Lett. A 93, 76–80 (1982).
[Crossref]

Heine, G.

H. H. Bukow and G. Heine, “On two transitions in the quartet spectrum of Li i**,” Phys. Lett. A 82, 79–81 (1981).
[Crossref]

Hellmann, H.

E. Traebert, H. Hellmann, P. H. Heckmann, S. Bashkin, H. A. Klein, and J. D. Silver, “Fine structure transitions in doubly excited three-electron Mg9+,” Phys. Lett. A 93, 76–80 (1982).
[Crossref]

Heroux, L.

M. Malinovsky and L. Heroux, “Solar UV spectrometric measurements,” Astrophys. J. 181, 1009–1017 (1973).
[Crossref]

Hill, K. W.

F. Bely-Dubau, P. Faucher, L. Steenman-Clark, M. Bitter, S. Von Goeler, K. W. Hill, C. Camhy-Val, and J. Dubau, “Satellite spectra for helium-like titanium,” Phys. Rev. A. 26, 3459–3669 (1982).
[Crossref]

M. Bitter, S. Von Goeler, K. W. Hill, R. Horton, D. Johnson, W. Roney, N. Sauthoff, E. Silver, and W. Stodiek, “Unresolved dielectronic satellites of the resonance line of helium-like iron (Fe xxv),” Phys. Rev. Lett. 47, 921–924 (1981).
[Crossref]

Hill, S.

M. Bitter, S. Goeler, K. W. Cohen, and S. Hill, “Dielectronic satellite spectra of hydrogen-like titanium, Ti xxii,” (Princeton U. Press, Princeton, N.J., 1983); Phys. Rev. A. (to be published).

Hinnov, E.

B. Denne, E. Hinnov, S. Suckewer, and S. Cohen, “Magnetic dipole lines in the 3s23px configurations from copper to molybdenum,” Phys. Rev. A. 28, 206–208 (1983).
[Crossref]

S. Suckewer, E. Hinnov, S. Cohen, M. Finkenthal, and K. Sato, “Identification of magnetic dipole lines above 2000 Å in several highly ionized Mo and Zr ions on the PLT tokamak,” Phys. Rev. A. 26, 1161–1163 (1982).
[Crossref]

E. Hinnov, S. Suckewer, S. Cohen, and K. Sato, “Observed transitions in n= 2 ground-state configurations of copper, nickel, iron, chromium and germanium in tokamak discharges,” Phys. Rev. A. 25, 2293–2301 (1982).
[Crossref]

M. Finkenthal, E. Hinnov, S. Cohen, and S. Suckewer, “The 3s2 1S0–3s 3p3P1magnesium sequence intercombination lines from Sc x to Mo xxxi observed in the PLT tokamak,” Phys. Lett. 91, 284–286 (1982).
[Crossref]

E. Hinnov and S. Suckewer, “Magnetic dipole transitions in highly ionized titanium, chromium, iron and nickel,” Phys. Lett. A 79, 298–299 (1980).
[Crossref]

B. Denne, E. Hinnov, S. Suckewer, and J. Timberlake, “On the ground configuration of the phosphorus sequence from copper to molybdenum” (to be published).

Hinterlog, S. J.

R. De Serio, H. G. Berry, R. L. Brooks, J. Hardis, A. E. Livingston, and S. J. Hinterlog, “2s–2p transitions in helium-like ions,” Phys. Rev. A. 24, 1872–1888 (1981).
[Crossref]

Hinterlong, S. J.

A. E. Livingston and S. J. Hinterlong, “Spectrum of Br vii,” Phys. Rev. A. 23, 758–760 (1981).
[Crossref]

A. E. Livingston and S. J. Hinterlong, “Observation of fine structure in the 1s 2s 2p25P–5P–1s 2p3 5S transition of core-excited O v,” Phys. Lett. A 80, 372–374 (1980).
[Crossref]

Hobbs, L. M.

R. D. Cowan, L. M. Hobbs, and D. G. York, “Theoretical oscillator strengths for 21 spin-forbidden lines of C, N, O, Al and Si,” Astrophys. J. 757, 373–375 (1982).
[Crossref]

Hodge, W. L.

Horton, R.

M. Bitter, S. Von Goeler, K. W. Hill, R. Horton, D. Johnson, W. Roney, N. Sauthoff, E. Silver, and W. Stodiek, “Unresolved dielectronic satellites of the resonance line of helium-like iron (Fe xxv),” Phys. Rev. Lett. 47, 921–924 (1981).
[Crossref]

Huldt, S.

I. Martinson, B. Denne, J. O. Ekberg, L. Engström, S. Huldt, C. Jupen, U. Litzen, S. Mannervik, and A. Trigueiros, “Transitions in multiply excited F vi and F vii,” Phys. Scr. 27, 201–206 (1983).
[Crossref]

S. Huldt, S. Johansson, and U. Litzen, “The spectrum and term system of singly ionized titanium, Ti ii,” Phys. Scr. 25, 401–412 (1982).
[Crossref]

Husson, X.

J. P. Buchet, M. C. Buchet-Poulizac, A. Denis, J. Désesquelles, M. Druetta, J. P. Grandin, and X. Husson, “Wavelength measurement of the 1s 2s3S1–1s 2p3P2transition in helium-like Fe24+,” Phys. Rev. A. 23, 3354–3356 (1981).
[Crossref]

Irwin, D. J. G.

E. H. Pinnington, J. L. Bahr, J. A. Kernahan, and D. J. G. Irwin, “Beam-foil spectroscopy of As iii, iv and v,” J. Phys. B. 14, 1291–1301 (1981).
[Crossref]

A. E. Livingston, E. H. Pinnington, D. J. G. Irwin, J. A. Kernahan, and R. L. Brooks, “Energies and lifetimes of excited atomic states in Ar v–Ar viii,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 442–447 (1981).
[Crossref]

Jackel, S.

J. Klapisch, P. Mandelbaum, A. Bar-Shalom, J. L. Schwob, A. Zigler, and S. Jackel, “Identification of 3d–4p transitions in Co-like W xl, W iii and Tm xliii and in Cu-like W xlvi and Tm xli from laser produced plasmas,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 1276–1281 (1981).
[Crossref]

M. Klapisch, A. Bar-Shalom, P. Mandelbaum, J. L. Schwob, A. Zigler, H. Zmora, and S. Jackel, “Nickel-like spectra of Tm xlii and Yb xliii from laser produced plasma,” Phys. Lett. A 79, 67–70 (1980).
[Crossref]

Jacques, C.

M. Druetta, C. Jacques, and E. J. Knystautas, “Equilibrium charge state distributions in carbon, far-UV spectroscopes and radiative lifetimes of aluminium ions (Al vi–x),” J. Phys. B. 16, 167–176 (1983).
[Crossref]

C. Jacques, E. J. Knystautas, R. Drouin, and H. G. Berry, “Line identifications and lifetime measurements in singly and doubly excited C iv and in C v,” Can. J. Phys. 58, 1093–1098 (1980).
[Crossref]

Jelenkovic, B.

S. Mannervik, I. Martinson, and B. Jelenkovic, “On the quartet system of Be ii,” J. Phys. B. 14, L275–L278 (1981).
[Crossref]

Jenkins, E. B.

P. L. Roesler, R. J. Oliversen, F. Scherb, J. Lattis, T. E. Williams, D. G. York, E. B. Jenkins, J. L. Lawrance, P. Zucchino, and D. Long, “Fabray–Perot/CCP observations of [S iii] and [S ii] emissions from the Jupiter plasma torus,” Astrophys. J. 259, 900–907 (1982).
[Crossref]

Joelsson, I.

I. Joelsson, P. O. Zetterberg, and C. E. Magnusson, “The spectrum and term system of S v,” Phys. Scr. 23, 1087–1095 (1981).
[Crossref]

Johansson, S.

S. Huldt, S. Johansson, and U. Litzen, “The spectrum and term system of singly ionized titanium, Ti ii,” Phys. Scr. 25, 401–412 (1982).
[Crossref]

S. Johansson, “Atomic spectroscopy for astrophysical applications,” Space Science Rev. 30, 387–390 (1981).

Johnson, B. M.

E. Traebert, K. W. Jones, B. M. Johnson, D. C. Gregory, and T. H. Kruse, “Beam-foil lifetimes of n= 3 levels in Fe xiii to Fe xvi. II. Analysis of decay curves,” Phys. Lett. A 87, 336–340 (1982).
[Crossref]

B. M. Johnson, K. W. Jones, and D. C. Gregory, “Contributions to fusion research from studies of foil-excited heavy ion beams,” IEEE Trans. Nucl. Sci. NS-28, 1350–1353 (1981).
[Crossref]

B. M. Johnson, K. W. Jones, J. L. Cecchi, and T. H. Kruse, “EUV spectra of Mo xiv to Mo xxix,” Phys. Lett. A 78, 61–64 (1980).
[Crossref]

Johnson, D.

M. Bitter, S. Von Goeler, K. W. Hill, R. Horton, D. Johnson, W. Roney, N. Sauthoff, E. Silver, and W. Stodiek, “Unresolved dielectronic satellites of the resonance line of helium-like iron (Fe xxv),” Phys. Rev. Lett. 47, 921–924 (1981).
[Crossref]

Jones, K. W.

E. Traebert, K. W. Jones, B. M. Johnson, D. C. Gregory, and T. H. Kruse, “Beam-foil lifetimes of n= 3 levels in Fe xiii to Fe xvi. II. Analysis of decay curves,” Phys. Lett. A 87, 336–340 (1982).
[Crossref]

B. M. Johnson, K. W. Jones, and D. C. Gregory, “Contributions to fusion research from studies of foil-excited heavy ion beams,” IEEE Trans. Nucl. Sci. NS-28, 1350–1353 (1981).
[Crossref]

B. M. Johnson, K. W. Jones, J. L. Cecchi, and T. H. Kruse, “EUV spectra of Mo xiv to Mo xxix,” Phys. Lett. A 78, 61–64 (1980).
[Crossref]

Jordan, C.

M. V. Penston, P. Benvenuti, A. Cassatella, A. Heck, P. Selvelli, F. Macchetto, D. Ponz, C. Jordan, N. Cramer, F. Rufener, and J. Manfroid, “IUE and other new observations of the slow nova RR Tel,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 202, 833–857 (1983).

Joshi, Y. N.

Th. A. M. Van Kleef and Y. N. Joshi, “4d75s–4d75p transitions in Ag iv,” Can. J. Phys. 61, 36–39 (1983); “Analysis of 4d8–4d75p transitions in trebly ionized silver: Ag iv,” Can. J. Phys. Vol.  59, 1930–1939 (1981).
[Crossref]

Th. A. M. Van Kleef, A. N. Podebedova, A. N. Ryabtsev, and Y. N. Joshi, “Spectrum of quaduply ionized zinc: Zn v,” Phys. Rev. A. 25, 2017–2030 (1982).
[Crossref]

Th. A. M. Van Kleef and Y. N. Joshi, “4d75s–4d75p transitions in the sixth spectrum of indium: In vi,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 72, 1348–1362 (1982).
[Crossref]

Y. N. Joshi and Th. A. M. Van Kleef, “Sixth spectrum of indium: In vi,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 72, 259–267 (1982).
[Crossref]

Th. A. M. Van Kleef, Y. N. Joshi, and R. P. Srivastava, “Analysis of Cd v. I. 4d8–4d75p transitions,” Physica 114C, 105–116 (1982).

Th. A. M. Van Kleef and Y. N. Joshi, “Analysis of Cd v. II. 4d75s–4d75p transitions,” Physica 114C, 117–125 (1982).

Th. A. M. Van Kleef and Y. N. Joshi, “Analysis of the 4d95d, 4d85s2and 4d96s configurations of In iv and Sn v,” Phys. Scr. 24, 557–565 (1981).
[Crossref]

Th. A. M. Van Kleef and Y. N. Joshi, “Eleventh spectrum of cesium: CS xi,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 55–59 (1981).
[Crossref]

Y. N. Joshi and Th. A. M. Van Kleef, “Ninth spectrum of bromine: Br ix,” Phys. Scr. 23, 249–252 (1981).
[Crossref]

Y. N. Joshi and Th. A. M. Van Kleef, “Revised and extended analysis of Cd iv,” Can. J. Phys. 58, 737–743 (1980).
[Crossref]

Y. N. Joshi and Th. A. M. Van Kleef, “The 4d85s, 4d85p and 4p54d10 configurations in the Te viii spectrum and the 4d86s configuration in the Te vii spectrum,” Can. J. Phys. 58, 1119–1125 (1980).
[Crossref]

Y. N. Joshi and Th. A. M. Van Kleef, “Ninth spectrum of iodine: I ix,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 1344–1349 (1980).
[Crossref]

Th. A. M. Van Kleef and Y. N. Joshi, “Sixth and seventh spectra of arsenic: As vi and As vii,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 491–499 (1980).
[Crossref]

Th. A. M. Van Kleef and Y. N. Joshi, “Analysis of 4d85s–4d8Sp and 4d9–4p54d10transitions in Sb vii,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 895–900 (1980).
[Crossref]

Jupen, C.

I. Martinson, B. Denne, J. O. Ekberg, L. Engström, S. Huldt, C. Jupen, U. Litzen, S. Mannervik, and A. Trigueiros, “Transitions in multiply excited F vi and F vii,” Phys. Scr. 27, 201–206 (1983).
[Crossref]

C. Jupen, “Beam-foil study of the 2p53s, 3p and 3d configurations of Cl viii,” Nucl. Instrum. Methods 202, 25–32 (1982).
[Crossref]

Kagan, D. T.

Källne, E.

E. Källne, J. Källne, and R. D. Cowan, “High-resolution x-ray spectra from molybdenum ions in the Alcator-C tokamak,” Phys. Rev. A. 27, 2682–2696 (1983).
[Crossref]

E. Källne, J. Källne, and A. K. Pradhan, “X-ray emission from He-like n= 2 charge states produced in tokamak plasmas,” Phys. Rev. A. 27, 1476–1486 (1983).
[Crossref]

E. Källne and J. Källne, “High resolution x-ray spectroscopy for diagnostics of single tokamak discharges,” Phys. Scr. T3, 185–190 (1983).
[Crossref]

E. Källne, J. Källne, and J. E. Rice, “Observation of H- and He-like x-ray line emission in high-density tokamak plasmas,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 49, 330–333 (1982).
[Crossref]

Källne, J.

E. Källne and J. Källne, “High resolution x-ray spectroscopy for diagnostics of single tokamak discharges,” Phys. Scr. T3, 185–190 (1983).
[Crossref]

E. Källne, J. Källne, and A. K. Pradhan, “X-ray emission from He-like n= 2 charge states produced in tokamak plasmas,” Phys. Rev. A. 27, 1476–1486 (1983).
[Crossref]

E. Källne, J. Källne, and R. D. Cowan, “High-resolution x-ray spectra from molybdenum ions in the Alcator-C tokamak,” Phys. Rev. A. 27, 2682–2696 (1983).
[Crossref]

E. Källne, J. Källne, and J. E. Rice, “Observation of H- and He-like x-ray line emission in high-density tokamak plasmas,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 49, 330–333 (1982).
[Crossref]

Karev, V.

V. V. Krutov, V. V. Korneev, V. Karev, V. M. Lomkova, G. Bromboszcz, M. Saikowski, J. Sylwester, and S. Vasha, “Analysis of the high-resolution x-ray spectra obtained aboard the Intercosmos 16 satellite,” Solar Phys. 73, 105–119 (1981).
[Crossref]

Kastner, S. O.

S. O. Kastner, “Proposed Mg v, Fe xiv and forbidden Fe xvii line identifications in the EUV solar spectrum,” Solar Phys. 81, 59–61 (1982).
[Crossref]

S. O. Kastner, “Proposed Mg v, Fe xiv and forbidden Fe xvii line identifications in the EUV solar spectrum,” Solar Phys. 81, 59–61 (1982).
[Crossref]

S. O. Kastner, “The solar spectrum of O iv, including photoexcitation by Fe ix 171.07°,” Astron. Astrophys. 108, 361–368 (1982).

S. O. Kastner, “Wavelength predictions for lines of interest in the Ne i sequence,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 1550–1551 (1980).
[Crossref]

Kaufman, V.

V. Kaufman, J. Sugar, and J. L. Tech, “Analysis of the 4d9–4d85p transitions in nine-times ionized xenon (Xe x),” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 73, 691–693 (1983).
[Crossref]

J. R. Roberts, V. Kaufman, J. Sugar, and T. L. Pittman, “Magnetic-dipole transitions observed in highly ionized Ga, Ge, As and Kr,” Phys. Rev. 27, 1271–1273 (1983).

J. Sugar, V. Kaufman, and D. Cooper, “C i isoelectronic sequence: observations of 2sm 2pn–2sm−12pn+1 intersystem transitions and improved measurement for Ci xii, K xiv, Ca xv, Sc xvi, Ti xvii and V xviii,” Phys. Scr. 26, 189–193 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. Sugar, V. Kaufman, and D. Cooper, “B i isoelectronic sequence: observation of 2s 2p2–2p3 intersystem lines in Sc xvii and improved measurements for Cl xiii, K xv, Ca xvi, Sc xvii and Ti xviii,” Phys. Scr. 26, 293–295 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. Sugar and V. Kaufman, “Resonance lines in the Pd i isoelectronic sequence: iviii to Ho xxii,” Phys. Scr. 26, 419–421 (1982).
[Crossref]

V. Kaufman, “The spectrum of neutral sulfur (S i) in the vacuum ultraviolet,” Phys. Scr. 26, 439–442 (1982).
[Crossref]

V. Kaufman, J. Sugar, and D. Cooper, “N i isoelectronic sequence: observations of 2sm 2pn–2sm−12pn+1 intersystem transitions and improved measurements for Cl xi, K xiii, Ca xiv, Sc xv, Ti xvi and V xvii,” Phys. Scr. 26, 163–167 (1982).
[Crossref]

V. Kaufman, J. Sugar, and D. Cooper, “F i and O i isoelectronic sequences: observations of 2sm 2pn–;2sm−12pn+1 intersystem transitions and improved measurements for Cl, K, Ca, Sc, Ti and V,” Phys. Scr. 25, 623–626 (1982).
[Crossref]

V. Kaufman and J. Sugar, “Ag i isoelectronic sequence: wavelengths and energy levels for I vii through La xi,” Phys. Scr. 24, 738–741 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. Sugar and V. Kaufman, “Ag i isoelectronic sequence: wavelengths and energy levels for Cc xii through Ho xxi and for W xxviii,” Phys. Scr. 24, 742–746 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. F. Wyart, V. Kaufman, and J. Sugar, “The 4f135f configuration in the isoelectronic sequence of Yb iii,” Phys. Scr. 23, 1069–1078 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. Sugar and V. Kaufman, “Tokamak-generated tungsten radiation identified in Ag i isoelectronic sequence (W xxviii),” Phys. Rev. A. 21, 2096–2098 (1980).
[Crossref]

V. Kaufman and B. Edlén, “Reference wavelengths from atomic spectra in the range 15 Å to 2500 Å,” J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data 3, 825–854 (1974).
[Crossref]

Kelly, R. L.

R. L. Kelly, “Atomic and ionic spectrum lines below 2000 Å,” , (Oak Ridge, National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn., Controlled Fusion Atomic Data 1982); see also R. L. Kelly, NASA Tech. Memor. 80268 (National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, D.C., 1979); R. L. Kelly and L. J. Palumbo, NRL Rep. 7599 (Naval Research Laboratory, Washington, D.C., 1973).
[Crossref]

Kent, B. J.

K. J. H. Phillips, J. W. Leibacher, C. J. Wolfson, J. H. Parkinson, B. C. Fawcett, B. J. Kent, H. E. Mason, L. W. Acton, J. L. Culhane, and A. H. Gabriel, “Solar flare x-ray spectra from the Solar Maximum Mission flat crystal spectrometer,” Astrophys. J. 256, 774–787 (1982).
[Crossref]

Kernahan, J. A.

Khan, M. A.

Khan, Z. A.

Z. A. Khan, M. S. Z. Chaghtai, and K. Rahimullah, “Transitions between excited energy levels of Zr vii,” J. Phys. B. 16, 1685–1693 (1983).
[Crossref]

Z. A. Khan, M. S. Z. Chaghtai, and K. Rahimullah, “Classified lines and energy levels of doubly ionized zirconium (Zr iii),” Phys. Scr. 23, 29–37 (1981).
[Crossref]

Z. A. Khan, K. Rahimullah, and M. S. Z. Chaghtai, “Additions to the spectrum of quadruply ionized zirconium (Zr v),” Phys. Scr. 23, 843–848 (1981).
[Crossref]

Z. A. Khan, M. S. Z. Chaghtai, and K. Rahimullah, “Spectrum of five times ionized zirconium (Zr vi),” Phys. Scr. 23, 837–842 (1981).
[Crossref]

M. S. Z. Chaghtai, Z. A. Khan, and K. Rahimullah, “4s24p2–4s 4p3 transitions in Zr ix,” J. Phys. B. 13, 2523–2526 (1980).
[Crossref]

K. Rahimullah, Z. A. Khan, and M. S. Z. Chaghtai, “Spectrum of trebly ionized zirconium (Zr iv),” Phys. Scr. 22, 493–497 (1980).
[Crossref]

Z. A. Khan, M. S. Z. Chaghtai, and K. Rahimullah, “Resonance transitions in Zr viii,” J. Phys. B. 13, 2517–2522 (1980).
[Crossref]

Kim, Y.

K. T. Cheng, C. L. Froese-Fischer, and Y. Kim, “Intershell correlation corrections to the energy levels of the n= 2 states of Li-like to F-like ions,” J. Phys. B. 15, 181–189 (1982).
[Crossref]

Klapisch, J.

Klapisch, M.

J. F. Wyart, M. Klapisch, J. L. Schwob, and P. Mandelbaum, “Spectra of the iron-like ions from Y xiv to Ag xxii,” Phys. Scr. 27, 275–290 (1983).
[Crossref]

P. Mandelbaum, M. Klapisch, A. Bar-Shalom, and J. L. Schwob, “Classification of x-ray spectra from laser produced plasmas of atoms from Tm to Pt in the range 6–9 Å,” Phys. Scr. 27, 39–53 (1983).
[Crossref]

M. Klapisch, E. Meroz, P. Mandelbaum, A. Zigler, C. Bauche-Arnoult, and J. Bauche, “Interpretation of unresolved arrays in the soft x-ray spectra of highly ionized molybdenum and palladium,” Phys. Rev. A. 25, 2391–2394 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. F. Wyart, M. Klapisch, J. L. Schwob, and N. Schweitzer, “The 3d9–3d84p transitions in the spectra of highly-ionised elements yttrium to silver (Y xiii–Ag xxi),” Phys. Scr. 26, 141–154 (1982).
[Crossref]

N. Schweitzer, M. Klapisch, J. L. Schwob, M. Finkenthal, P. Bar-Shalom, P. Mandelbaum, and B. S. Fraenkel, “Nickel-like spectra of elements Y xii to Ag xx from a vacuum spark,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 219–226 (1981).
[Crossref]

M. Klapisch, P. Mandelbaum, J. L. Schwob, A. Bar-Shalom, and N. Schweitzer, “3d–4p transitions in the soft x-ray spectra of Mo xiv and of isoelectronic Y to Ag ions, from a low-inductance vacuum spark,” Phys. Lett. A 84, 177–181 (1981).
[Crossref]

M. Klapisch, A. Bar-Shalom, P. Mandelbaum, J. L. Schwob, A. Zigler, H. Zmora, and S. Jackel, “Nickel-like spectra of Tm xlii and Yb xliii from laser produced plasma,” Phys. Lett. A 79, 67–70 (1980).
[Crossref]

A. Zigler, H. Smora, N. Spector, M. Klapisch, J. L. Schwob, and A. Bar-Shalom, “Identification of the spectra of Hf xlv, Ta xlvi, W xlvii, and Re xlviii; isoelectronic to Ni i in laser-produced plasmas,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 129–132 (1980).
[Crossref]

Klein, H. A.

H. A. Klein, S. Bashkin, B. P. Duval, F. Moscatelli, J. D. Silver, H. F. Beyer, and F. Folkmann, “Observations of the 1s 2s3S1–1s 2p3P2,0transitions in helium-like Ne8+ recoil ions produced in a gas target,” J. Phys. B. 15, 4507–4516 (1982).
[Crossref]

E. Traebert, H. Hellmann, P. H. Heckmann, S. Bashkin, H. A. Klein, and J. D. Silver, “Fine structure transitions in doubly excited three-electron Mg9+,” Phys. Lett. A 93, 76–80 (1982).
[Crossref]

Knystautas, E. J.

M. Druetta, C. Jacques, and E. J. Knystautas, “Equilibrium charge state distributions in carbon, far-UV spectroscopes and radiative lifetimes of aluminium ions (Al vi–x),” J. Phys. B. 16, 167–176 (1983).
[Crossref]

C. Jacques, E. J. Knystautas, R. Drouin, and H. G. Berry, “Line identifications and lifetime measurements in singly and doubly excited C iv and in C v,” Can. J. Phys. 58, 1093–1098 (1980).
[Crossref]

Kononov, E. Ya.

E. Ya. Kononov, “Spectra of highly ionized atoms in hot plasmas: conditions for production and observation,” Phys. Scr. 27, 117–124 (1983).
[Crossref]

M. A. Bogdanovichene, E. Ya. Kononov, A. A. Ramones, and X. Ryabtsev, “Spectra of Y xiv–Mo xvii,” Opt. Spectros. 49, 447–452 (1980).

M. I. Bogdanovichene, E. Ya. Kononov, G. V. Merkelis, A. A. Ramonas, A. N. Ryabtsev, and S. S. Charilov, “Spectra of the 3p63d8–3p53d9 transition in Y xivMo xvii ions,” Opt. Spektrosk. 49, 447–452 (1980).

E. Ya. Kononov, A. E. Kramida, L. I. Podobedova, E. N. Ragozin, and V. A. Chirkov, “Analysis of the 3s–3p and 3p–3d transitions of S vii from laser-produced-plasma,” Phys. Scr. (to be published).

E. Ya. Kononov, “Spectra of Fe 18–20,” (Spectroscopic Institute, Moscow, 1981).

E. Ya. Kononov, L. I. Podobedova, and S. S. Chyrilov, “Spectra of 3–3transitions in Ag xxii–Sn xxv ions of the Fe i isoelectronic sequence,” Opt. Spektrosk. (to be published).

Korneev, V. V.

V. V. Krutov, V. V. Korneev, V. Karev, V. M. Lomkova, G. Bromboszcz, M. Saikowski, J. Sylwester, and S. Vasha, “Analysis of the high-resolution x-ray spectra obtained aboard the Intercosmos 16 satellite,” Solar Phys. 73, 105–119 (1981).
[Crossref]

Kovalev, V. I.

V. I. Kovalev, preprint No. 8 (Institute for Spectroscopy, Moscow, 1981).

Kramida, A. E.

A. E. Kramida, L. I. Podobedova, E. N. Ragozin, and V. A. Chirkov, “Analysis of the 3s–3p and 3p–3d transitions of Cl viii from laser-produced-plasma,” Phys. Scr. (to be published).

E. Ya. Kononov, A. E. Kramida, L. I. Podobedova, E. N. Ragozin, and V. A. Chirkov, “Analysis of the 3s–3p and 3p–3d transitions of S vii from laser-produced-plasma,” Phys. Scr. (to be published).

Kreplin, R. W.

U. Feldman, G. A. Doschek, and R. W. Kreplin, “High-resolution x-ray spectra of the 1979 March 25 solar flare,” Astrophys. J. 238, 365–374 (1980).
[Crossref]

Kruse, T. H.

E. Traebert, K. W. Jones, B. M. Johnson, D. C. Gregory, and T. H. Kruse, “Beam-foil lifetimes of n= 3 levels in Fe xiii to Fe xvi. II. Analysis of decay curves,” Phys. Lett. A 87, 336–340 (1982).
[Crossref]

B. M. Johnson, K. W. Jones, J. L. Cecchi, and T. H. Kruse, “EUV spectra of Mo xiv to Mo xxix,” Phys. Lett. A 78, 61–64 (1980).
[Crossref]

Krutov, V. V.

V. V. Krutov, V. V. Korneev, V. Karev, V. M. Lomkova, G. Bromboszcz, M. Saikowski, J. Sylwester, and S. Vasha, “Analysis of the high-resolution x-ray spectra obtained aboard the Intercosmos 16 satellite,” Solar Phys. 73, 105–119 (1981).
[Crossref]

Landecker, P. B.

D. L. McKenzie and P. B. Landecker, “The solar coronal x-ray spectrum from 15.4 to 23.0 Å lines from highly ionized calcium and chromium and their usefulness as plasma diagnostics,” Astrophys. J. 254, 309–317 (1982).
[Crossref]

D. L. McKenzie, P. B. Landecker, R. M. Broussard, H. R. Rugge, R. M. Young, U. Feldman, and G. A. Doschek, “Solar flare x-ray spectra between 7.8 and 23.0 angstroms,” Astrophys. J. 241, 409–416 (1980).
[Crossref]

Lattis, J.

P. L. Roesler, R. J. Oliversen, F. Scherb, J. Lattis, T. E. Williams, D. G. York, E. B. Jenkins, J. L. Lawrance, P. Zucchino, and D. Long, “Fabray–Perot/CCP observations of [S iii] and [S ii] emissions from the Jupiter plasma torus,” Astrophys. J. 259, 900–907 (1982).
[Crossref]

Lawrance, J. L.

P. L. Roesler, R. J. Oliversen, F. Scherb, J. Lattis, T. E. Williams, D. G. York, E. B. Jenkins, J. L. Lawrance, P. Zucchino, and D. Long, “Fabray–Perot/CCP observations of [S iii] and [S ii] emissions from the Jupiter plasma torus,” Astrophys. J. 259, 900–907 (1982).
[Crossref]

Lawson, K. D.

K. D. Lawson, N. J. Peacock, and M. F. Stamp, “Allowed and forbidden n= 2–2 transitions of the elements Ti, Cr, Fe, Co and Ni in tkamak discharges,” J. Phys. B. 14, 1929–1952 (1981).
[Crossref]

Leavitt, J.

S. Bashkin, R. Hallin, J. Leavitt, U. Litzen, and D. Walker, “Hydrogenic terms and the ionization potential fo Xe viii,” Phys. Scr. 23, 5–6 (1981).
[Crossref]

Leavitt, J. A.

R. Hallin, J. A. Leavitt, A. Lindgard, P. W. Rathmann, H. Vach, and E. Veje, “Beam foil excitation of xenon, 4 MeV,” Nucl. Instrum. Methods 202, 41–44 (1982).
[Crossref]

Leibacher, J. W.

K. J. H. Phillips, J. R. Lemen, R. D. Cowan, G. A. Doscheck, and J. W. Leibacher, “Inner-shell transitions in Fe xix–xxii in the x-ray spectra of solar flares and tokamaks,” Astrophys. J. 265, 1120–1134 (1983).
[Crossref]

K. J. H. Phillips, J. W. Leibacher, C. J. Wolfson, J. H. Parkinson, B. C. Fawcett, B. J. Kent, H. E. Mason, L. W. Acton, J. L. Culhane, and A. H. Gabriel, “Solar flare x-ray spectra from the Solar Maximum Mission flat crystal spectrometer,” Astrophys. J. 256, 774–787 (1982).
[Crossref]

Lemen, J. R.

K. J. H. Phillips, J. R. Lemen, R. D. Cowan, G. A. Doscheck, and J. W. Leibacher, “Inner-shell transitions in Fe xix–xxii in the x-ray spectra of solar flares and tokamaks,” Astrophys. J. 265, 1120–1134 (1983).
[Crossref]

Levykin, A.

E. V. Aglitsky, E. Ya, Golts Yu, A. Levykin, and A. M. Livshits, “X-ray spectra of Ne-like ions of Ag, Cd, In and Sn,” J. Phys. B. 14, 1549–1552 (1981).
[Crossref]

Lindgard, A.

R. Hallin, J. A. Leavitt, A. Lindgard, P. W. Rathmann, H. Vach, and E. Veje, “Beam foil excitation of xenon, 4 MeV,” Nucl. Instrum. Methods 202, 41–44 (1982).
[Crossref]

Litzen, U.

I. Martinson, B. Denne, J. O. Ekberg, L. Engström, S. Huldt, C. Jupen, U. Litzen, S. Mannervik, and A. Trigueiros, “Transitions in multiply excited F vi and F vii,” Phys. Scr. 27, 201–206 (1983).
[Crossref]

S. Huldt, S. Johansson, and U. Litzen, “The spectrum and term system of singly ionized titanium, Ti ii,” Phys. Scr. 25, 401–412 (1982).
[Crossref]

S. Bashkin, R. Hallin, J. Leavitt, U. Litzen, and D. Walker, “Hydrogenic terms and the ionization potential fo Xe viii,” Phys. Scr. 23, 5–6 (1981).
[Crossref]

Livingston, A. E.

R. De Serio, H. G. Berry, R. L. Brooks, J. Hardis, A. E. Livingston, and S. J. Hinterlog, “2s–2p transitions in helium-like ions,” Phys. Rev. A. 24, 1872–1888 (1981).
[Crossref]

A. E. Livingston and S. J. Hinterlong, “Spectrum of Br vii,” Phys. Rev. A. 23, 758–760 (1981).
[Crossref]

A. E. Livingston, E. H. Pinnington, D. J. G. Irwin, J. A. Kernahan, and R. L. Brooks, “Energies and lifetimes of excited atomic states in Ar v–Ar viii,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 442–447 (1981).
[Crossref]

H. G. Berry, R. De Serio, and A. E. Livingston, “Wavelengths and fine structure of 2s–2p transitions in two- and three-electron ions,” Phys. Rev. A. 22, 998–1010 (1980).
[Crossref]

A. E. Livingston and S. J. Hinterlong, “Observation of fine structure in the 1s 2s 2p25P–5P–1s 2p3 5S transition of core-excited O v,” Phys. Lett. A 80, 372–374 (1980).
[Crossref]

A. E. Livingston, L. J. Curtis, R. M. Schectman, and H. G. Berry, “Energies and lifetimes of excited states in copper-like Kr viii,” Phys. Rev. A. 21, 771–781 (1980).
[Crossref]

Livshits, A. M.

E. V. Aglitsky, E. Ya, Golts Yu, A. Levykin, and A. M. Livshits, “X-ray spectra of Ne-like ions of Ag, Cd, In and Sn,” J. Phys. B. 14, 1549–1552 (1981).
[Crossref]

Lomkova, V. M.

V. V. Krutov, V. V. Korneev, V. Karev, V. M. Lomkova, G. Bromboszcz, M. Saikowski, J. Sylwester, and S. Vasha, “Analysis of the high-resolution x-ray spectra obtained aboard the Intercosmos 16 satellite,” Solar Phys. 73, 105–119 (1981).
[Crossref]

Long, D.

P. L. Roesler, R. J. Oliversen, F. Scherb, J. Lattis, T. E. Williams, D. G. York, E. B. Jenkins, J. L. Lawrance, P. Zucchino, and D. Long, “Fabray–Perot/CCP observations of [S iii] and [S ii] emissions from the Jupiter plasma torus,” Astrophys. J. 259, 900–907 (1982).
[Crossref]

Loulergue, M.

F. Bely-Dubau, J. Dubau, P. Faucher, A. H. Gabriel, M. Loulergue, L. Steenman-Clark, S. Volonté, E. Antonucci, and C. G. Rapley, “Dielectronic satellite spectra for highly-charged helium-like ions—VII. Calcium spectra-theory and comparison with SMM observations,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 210, 1155–1169 (1982).

J. Dubau, A. H. Gabriel, M. Loulergue, L. Steenman-Clark, and S. Voloné, “Dielectronic satellite spectra for hydrogen-like iron in low density plasmas,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 195, 705–719 (1981).

J. Dabau and M. Loulergue, “High resolution spectra from inner-shell transitions in highly ionized chromium (Cr xix–xxiii),” J. Phys. B. 15, 1007–1019 (1981).

Lukyanov, S. Y.

V. A. Bryzgunov, S. Y. Lukyanov, A. M. Pakhomov, A. M. Potapov, and S. A. Chuvatin, Zh. Eksp. Theor. Fiz. 18, 1907 (1982).

Lunney, J. G.

J. G. Lunney and J. F. Seely, “Inner-shell excitation of argon dielectronic satellite spectral lines in imploded microballoon plasmas,” J. Phys. B.L121–L127 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. G. Lunney and J. F. Seely, “Silicon satellite spectra from laser-imploded microballoons,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 46, 342–345 (1981).
[Crossref]

Luther, G.

J. Reader and G. Luther, “The copper isoelectronic sequence: Ba27+–W45+,” Phys. Scr. 24, 732–737 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. Reader, G. Luther, and N. Acquista, “Revised 6p2P1/2level of Mo xiv,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 204 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. Reader and G. Luther, “Spectra of very highly charged Cu and Zn-like ions,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 45, 600–612 (1980).
[Crossref]

Macchetto, F.

M. V. Penston, P. Benvenuti, A. Cassatella, A. Heck, P. Selvelli, F. Macchetto, D. Ponz, C. Jordan, N. Cramer, F. Rufener, and J. Manfroid, “IUE and other new observations of the slow nova RR Tel,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 202, 833–857 (1983).

Magnusson, C. E.

N. Svendenivs, C. E. Magnusson, and P. O. Zetterberg, “The spectrum of singly ionized phosphorus, P ii,” Phys. Scr. 27, 339–363 (1983).
[Crossref]

I. Joelsson, P. O. Zetterberg, and C. E. Magnusson, “The spectrum and term system of S v,” Phys. Scr. 23, 1087–1095 (1981).
[Crossref]

Malinovsky, M.

M. Malinovsky and L. Heroux, “Solar UV spectrometric measurements,” Astrophys. J. 181, 1009–1017 (1973).
[Crossref]

Malvezzi, A. M.

A. M. Malvezzi, “The grazing incidence spectrum and term system of N vi,” Phys. Scr. 27, 413–416 (1983).
[Crossref]

Mandelbaum, P.

P. Mandelbaum, M. Klapisch, A. Bar-Shalom, and J. L. Schwob, “Classification of x-ray spectra from laser produced plasmas of atoms from Tm to Pt in the range 6–9 Å,” Phys. Scr. 27, 39–53 (1983).
[Crossref]

J. F. Wyart, M. Klapisch, J. L. Schwob, and P. Mandelbaum, “Spectra of the iron-like ions from Y xiv to Ag xxii,” Phys. Scr. 27, 275–290 (1983).
[Crossref]

M. Klapisch, E. Meroz, P. Mandelbaum, A. Zigler, C. Bauche-Arnoult, and J. Bauche, “Interpretation of unresolved arrays in the soft x-ray spectra of highly ionized molybdenum and palladium,” Phys. Rev. A. 25, 2391–2394 (1982).
[Crossref]

M. Klapisch, P. Mandelbaum, J. L. Schwob, A. Bar-Shalom, and N. Schweitzer, “3d–4p transitions in the soft x-ray spectra of Mo xiv and of isoelectronic Y to Ag ions, from a low-inductance vacuum spark,” Phys. Lett. A 84, 177–181 (1981).
[Crossref]

N. Schweitzer, M. Klapisch, J. L. Schwob, M. Finkenthal, P. Bar-Shalom, P. Mandelbaum, and B. S. Fraenkel, “Nickel-like spectra of elements Y xii to Ag xx from a vacuum spark,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 219–226 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. Klapisch, P. Mandelbaum, A. Bar-Shalom, J. L. Schwob, A. Zigler, and S. Jackel, “Identification of 3d–4p transitions in Co-like W xl, W iii and Tm xliii and in Cu-like W xlvi and Tm xli from laser produced plasmas,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 1276–1281 (1981).
[Crossref]

M. Klapisch, A. Bar-Shalom, P. Mandelbaum, J. L. Schwob, A. Zigler, H. Zmora, and S. Jackel, “Nickel-like spectra of Tm xlii and Yb xliii from laser produced plasma,” Phys. Lett. A 79, 67–70 (1980).
[Crossref]

Manfroid, J.

M. V. Penston, P. Benvenuti, A. Cassatella, A. Heck, P. Selvelli, F. Macchetto, D. Ponz, C. Jordan, N. Cramer, F. Rufener, and J. Manfroid, “IUE and other new observations of the slow nova RR Tel,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 202, 833–857 (1983).

Mannervik, S.

I. Martinson, B. Denne, J. O. Ekberg, L. Engström, S. Huldt, C. Jupen, U. Litzen, S. Mannervik, and A. Trigueiros, “Transitions in multiply excited F vi and F vii,” Phys. Scr. 27, 201–206 (1983).
[Crossref]

S. Mannervik and H. Cederquist, “The quartet system of Li i,” Phys. Scr. 27, 175–182 (1983).
[Crossref]

S. Mannervik, “Identification of the 8508 Å line in lithium,” Phys. Lett. 92, 229–230 (1982).
[Crossref]

S. Mannervik, I. Martinson, and B. Jelenkovic, “On the quartet system of Be ii,” J. Phys. B. 14, L275–L278 (1981).
[Crossref]

Markiewicz, E.

E. Markiewicz, R. P. McEachran, and M. Cohen, “The polarised frozen-core approximation: oscillator strengths for the beryllium isoelectronic sequence,” Phys. Scr. 23, 828–834 (1981).
[Crossref]

Marmar, E. S.

M. Finkenthal, R. E. Bell, H. W. Moos, A. K. Bhatia, E. S. Marmar, J. L. Terry, and J. E. Rice, “The molybdenum spectrum emitted by a tokamak plasma in the 300–550 Å range,” Phys. Lett. A 82, 123–126 (1981).
[Crossref]

Martin, C.

C. Martin and R. Zalubus, “Energy levels of sodium Na i–xi,” J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data 10, 153–195 (1981).
[Crossref]

Martin, W. C.

W. C. Martin, “Series formulae for the He i-like spectra Na x through Ar xvii (z= 11–18),” Phys. Scr. 24, 725–731 (1981).
[Crossref]

Martinson, I.

I. Martinson, B. Denne, J. O. Ekberg, L. Engström, S. Huldt, C. Jupen, U. Litzen, S. Mannervik, and A. Trigueiros, “Transitions in multiply excited F vi and F vii,” Phys. Scr. 27, 201–206 (1983).
[Crossref]

I. Martinson, “Recent progress in the studies of atomic spectra and transition probabilities by beam-foil spectroscopy,” Nucl. Instrum. Methods 202, 1–12 (1982).
[Crossref]

I. Martinson, “Studies of atomic structure using ion accelerators,” Comments At. Mol. Phys. 12, 19–37 (1982).

I. Martinson, “Spectra and level classification of highly ionized atoms,” Phys. Scr. 23, 126–135 (1981).
[Crossref]

S. Mannervik, I. Martinson, and B. Jelenkovic, “On the quartet system of Be ii,” J. Phys. B. 14, L275–L278 (1981).
[Crossref]

Mason, H. E.

A. K. Bhatia and H. E. Mason, “Atomic calculations for Ca xvii, UV and x-ray lines,” Astron. Astrophys. Suppl. 52, 115–124 (1983).

K. J. H. Phillips, J. W. Leibacher, C. J. Wolfson, J. H. Parkinson, B. C. Fawcett, B. J. Kent, H. E. Mason, L. W. Acton, J. L. Culhane, and A. H. Gabriel, “Solar flare x-ray spectra from the Solar Maximum Mission flat crystal spectrometer,” Astrophys. J. 256, 774–787 (1982).
[Crossref]

A. K. Bhatia and H. E. Mason, “Atomic calculation for Fe xxiii, UV and x-ray lines,” Astron. Astrophys. 103, 324–330 (1981).

H. E. Mason and P. J. Storey, “Atomic data for Fe xxii,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 191, 631–639 (1980).

Maurer, R. J.

R. L. Watson, O. Benka, K. Parthasaradhi, R. J. Maurer, and J. M. Sanders, “Spectra of Ne–Kα x-ray satellites and hyper-satellites excited by 1.2–1.4-MeV anu−1He, C, Mg and Ar ions,” J. Phys. B. 16, 835–851 (1983).
[Crossref]

Mazzoni, M.

M. Mazzoni, G. P. Tozzi, A. M. Cantu, and M. Pettini, “Extended analysis of the VUV spectrum of neutral carbon,” Physica 111C, 379–385 (1981).

McAllister, H. C.

M. McCabe and H. C. McAllister, “Identification of Fe i lines in the ultraviolet solar spectrum,” Astrophys. J. Suppl. 48, 434–454 (1982).
[Crossref]

McCabe, M.

M. McCabe and H. C. McAllister, “Identification of Fe i lines in the ultraviolet solar spectrum,” Astrophys. J. Suppl. 48, 434–454 (1982).
[Crossref]

McEachran, R. P.

E. Markiewicz, R. P. McEachran, and M. Cohen, “The polarised frozen-core approximation: oscillator strengths for the beryllium isoelectronic sequence,” Phys. Scr. 23, 828–834 (1981).
[Crossref]

McKenzie, D. L.

D. L. McKenzie and P. B. Landecker, “The solar coronal x-ray spectrum from 15.4 to 23.0 Å lines from highly ionized calcium and chromium and their usefulness as plasma diagnostics,” Astrophys. J. 254, 309–317 (1982).
[Crossref]

D. L. McKenzie, P. B. Landecker, R. M. Broussard, H. R. Rugge, R. M. Young, U. Feldman, and G. A. Doschek, “Solar flare x-ray spectra between 7.8 and 23.0 angstroms,” Astrophys. J. 241, 409–416 (1980).
[Crossref]

Meijer, F. G.

E. Meinders, F. G. Meijer, and L. Remnijn, “The spectrum of triply ionized niobium,” Phys. Scr. 25, 527–535 (1982).
[Crossref]

Meinders, E.

E. Meinders, F. G. Meijer, and L. Remnijn, “The spectrum of triply ionized niobium,” Phys. Scr. 25, 527–535 (1982).
[Crossref]

D. T. Kagan, J. G. Conway, and E. Meinders, “Spectrum and energy levels of four-times-ionized niobium,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 1193–1196 (1981).
[Crossref]

E. Meinders and P. Uijlings, “Extended analysis of Cu iv; the wavelength region 700–1200 Å,” Physica 100C, 389–403 (1980).

Merkelis, G. V.

M. I. Bogdanovichene, E. Ya. Kononov, G. V. Merkelis, A. A. Ramonas, A. N. Ryabtsev, and S. S. Charilov, “Spectra of the 3p63d8–3p53d9 transition in Y xivMo xvii ions,” Opt. Spektrosk. 49, 447–452 (1980).

Meroz, E.

M. Klapisch, E. Meroz, P. Mandelbaum, A. Zigler, C. Bauche-Arnoult, and J. Bauche, “Interpretation of unresolved arrays in the soft x-ray spectra of highly ionized molybdenum and palladium,” Phys. Rev. A. 25, 2391–2394 (1982).
[Crossref]

Moos, H. W.

B. C. Stratton, W. L. Hodge, H. W. Moos, J. L. Schwob, S. Suckewer, M. Finkenthal, and S. Cohen, “Spectra of germanium and selenium in the 50–350 Å region from the PLT tokamak plasma,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 73, 877–881 (1983).
[Crossref]

M. Finkenthal, R. E. Bell, H. W. Moos, A. K. Bhatia, E. S. Marmar, J. L. Terry, and J. E. Rice, “The molybdenum spectrum emitted by a tokamak plasma in the 300–550 Å range,” Phys. Lett. A 82, 123–126 (1981).
[Crossref]

M. Finkenthal, R. E. Bell, and H. W. Moos, “Forbidden (M i) lines in the spectra of titanium, vanadium, chromium, iron, and nickel observed in the TFR tokamak plasma,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. (to be published).

Moos, R. W.

M. Finkenthal, R. E. Bell, and R. W. Moos, “Intercombination lines in Mg i-like Ti xi, V xii, Cr xiii and Fe xv spectrum obtained from a tokamak plasma,” Phys. Lett. A 88, 165–168 (1982).
[Crossref]

Mori, K.

K. Mori, “Grotian diagrams for highly ionized Ti V-Ti XXII (Tokia-Mura, Naka-Gun, Ibaraki-Ken, Japan, 1982).

Moscatelli, F.

H. A. Klein, S. Bashkin, B. P. Duval, F. Moscatelli, J. D. Silver, H. F. Beyer, and F. Folkmann, “Observations of the 1s 2s3S1–1s 2p3P2,0transitions in helium-like Ne8+ recoil ions produced in a gas target,” J. Phys. B. 15, 4507–4516 (1982).
[Crossref]

Mushtag, A.

Q. Shujauddin, M. S. Z. Chaghtai, A. Mushtag, and A. Tauheed, “The spectrum of five-times ionized niobium (Nb vi),” Phys. Scr. 26, 91–96 (1982).
[Crossref]

Q. Shujauddin, A. Mushtag, and M. S. Z. Chaghtai, “The fifth spectrum of niobium (Nb v),” Phys. Scr. 25, 924–928 (1982).
[Crossref]

Mushtaq, A.

M. S. Z. Chaghtai, Q. Shujauddin, and A. Mushtaq, “An experimental study of the 4p35p, 4f configurations of Nb viii,” J. Phys. B. 15, 2587–2594 (1982).
[Crossref]

O’Neill, J. A.

O’Sullivan, G.

P. K. Carrol and G. O’Sullivan, “Ground-state configurations of ionic species i through xvi for Z= 57–74 and the interpretation of 4d–4f emission resonances in laser-produced plasmas,” Phys. Rev. A. 26, 275–286 (1982).
[Crossref]

P. K. Carrol and G. O’Sullivan, “The observation of 5d–5f resonant emission in thorium in high ion stages (≈viii to xvi),” Phys. Lett. A 84, 59–61 (1981).
[Crossref]

Odintsova, G. A.

A. R. Striganov and G. A. Odintsova, Tabulated Spectral Lines of Atoms and Ions (Ehnergiozdat, Moscow, 1982).

Okasada, R.

R. Okasada and K. Fukuda, “Doubly excited levels of alkaline-earth elements near the first ionization line: I. Magnesium,” J. Phys. B. 15, 347–355 (1982).
[Crossref]

R. Okasada and K. Fukuda, “Doubly excited levels of alkaline-earth elements near the first ionization line: II. Calcium,” J. Phys. B. 15, 357–370 (1982).
[Crossref]

Oliversen, R. J.

P. L. Roesler, R. J. Oliversen, F. Scherb, J. Lattis, T. E. Williams, D. G. York, E. B. Jenkins, J. L. Lawrance, P. Zucchino, and D. Long, “Fabray–Perot/CCP observations of [S iii] and [S ii] emissions from the Jupiter plasma torus,” Astrophys. J. 259, 900–907 (1982).
[Crossref]

Onishi, Y.

T. Hasama, Y. Onishi, M. Uchiike, and K. Fukuda, “Extreme ultraviolet spectra of emission from plasma focus. I. Fe ion lines from 70 to 210 Å,” Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 20, 2269–2279 (1981).
[Crossref]

Pakhomov, A. M.

V. A. Bryzgunov, S. Y. Lukyanov, A. M. Pakhomov, A. M. Potapov, and S. A. Chuvatin, Zh. Eksp. Theor. Fiz. 18, 1907 (1982).

Panin, A. M.

E. V. Aglitsky, P. S. Antsyferow, and A. M. Panin, “X-ray spectra of He-like ions of Ga and Ge excited in low inductance vacuum spark plasma,” Opt. Commun. (to be published).

E. V. Aglitsky and A. M. Panin, “Observations of 1s2–1snp transitions of He-like Ti, Fe, Ni and Cu ions excited in low inductance vacuum spark plasma,” Opt. Spektrosk. (to be published).

Parkinson, J. H.

K. J. H. Phillips, J. W. Leibacher, C. J. Wolfson, J. H. Parkinson, B. C. Fawcett, B. J. Kent, H. E. Mason, L. W. Acton, J. L. Culhane, and A. H. Gabriel, “Solar flare x-ray spectra from the Solar Maximum Mission flat crystal spectrometer,” Astrophys. J. 256, 774–787 (1982).
[Crossref]

Parthasaradhi, K.

R. L. Watson, O. Benka, K. Parthasaradhi, R. J. Maurer, and J. M. Sanders, “Spectra of Ne–Kα x-ray satellites and hyper-satellites excited by 1.2–1.4-MeV anu−1He, C, Mg and Ar ions,” J. Phys. B. 16, 835–851 (1983).
[Crossref]

Peacock, N. J.

M. F. Stamp and N. J. Peacock, “Improved wavelengths of n= 2–2 transitions in ionized titanium,” J. Phys. B. 15, L703–L707 (1982).
[Crossref]

M. F. Stamp, I. A. Armour, N. J. Peacock, and J. D. Silver, “Accurate measurements of 1s 2s3S–1s 2p3P transition wavelengths of helium-like ions in tokamak plasmas,” J. Phys. B. 14, 3551–3561 (1981).
[Crossref]

K. D. Lawson, N. J. Peacock, and M. F. Stamp, “Allowed and forbidden n= 2–2 transitions of the elements Ti, Cr, Fe, Co and Ni in tkamak discharges,” J. Phys. B. 14, 1929–1952 (1981).
[Crossref]

Penston, M. V.

M. V. Penston, P. Benvenuti, A. Cassatella, A. Heck, P. Selvelli, F. Macchetto, D. Ponz, C. Jordan, N. Cramer, F. Rufener, and J. Manfroid, “IUE and other new observations of the slow nova RR Tel,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 202, 833–857 (1983).

Persson, W. P.

J. E. Hansen and W. P. Persson, “Revised analysis of the 5p4 ground configuration of two-times ionized Xe (Xe iii) and reevaluation of transition probabilities for forbidden lines within this configuration,” Phys. Scr. 25, 487–590 (1982).
[Crossref]

Pettersson, J. E.

J. E. Pettersson, “The spectrum of singly ionized sulphur S ii,” Ph.D. Thesis (University of Lund, Lund, Sweden1982).

Pettersson, S. G.

S. G. Pettersson, “The spectrum of O iii,” Phys. Scr. 26, 296–318 (1982).
[Crossref]

Pettini, M.

M. Mazzoni, G. P. Tozzi, A. M. Cantu, and M. Pettini, “Extended analysis of the VUV spectrum of neutral carbon,” Physica 111C, 379–385 (1981).

Phillips, K. J. H.

K. J. H. Phillips, J. R. Lemen, R. D. Cowan, G. A. Doscheck, and J. W. Leibacher, “Inner-shell transitions in Fe xix–xxii in the x-ray spectra of solar flares and tokamaks,” Astrophys. J. 265, 1120–1134 (1983).
[Crossref]

K. J. H. Phillips, J. W. Leibacher, C. J. Wolfson, J. H. Parkinson, B. C. Fawcett, B. J. Kent, H. E. Mason, L. W. Acton, J. L. Culhane, and A. H. Gabriel, “Solar flare x-ray spectra from the Solar Maximum Mission flat crystal spectrometer,” Astrophys. J. 256, 774–787 (1982).
[Crossref]

Pinnington, E. H.

Pittman, T. L.

J. R. Roberts, V. Kaufman, J. Sugar, and T. L. Pittman, “Magnetic-dipole transitions observed in highly ionized Ga, Ge, As and Kr,” Phys. Rev. 27, 1271–1273 (1983).

Podebedova, A. N.

Th. A. M. Van Kleef, A. N. Podebedova, A. N. Ryabtsev, and Y. N. Joshi, “Spectrum of quaduply ionized zinc: Zn v,” Phys. Rev. A. 25, 2017–2030 (1982).
[Crossref]

Podobedova, L. I.

L. I. Podobedova, A. A. Ramonas, and A. N. Ryabtsev, “Analysis of the 3p63d8–3d74s transition in Ga vi,” Liet. Fiz. Rinkinys 23, 17–19 (1983).

L. I. Podobedova, A. A. Ramonas, and A. N. Ryabtsev, “Spectra of Ge vii,” Opt. Spektrosk. 49, 453–459 (1980).

L. I. Podobedova, A. A. Ramonas, and A. N. Ryabtsev, “Study of the 3d8–3d74p transition in the spectrum of Ge vii,” Opt. Spektrosk. 49, 453–459 (1980).

A. E. Kramida, L. I. Podobedova, E. N. Ragozin, and V. A. Chirkov, “Analysis of the 3s–3p and 3p–3d transitions of Cl viii from laser-produced-plasma,” Phys. Scr. (to be published).

E. Ya. Kononov, L. I. Podobedova, and S. S. Chyrilov, “Spectra of 3–3transitions in Ag xxii–Sn xxv ions of the Fe i isoelectronic sequence,” Opt. Spektrosk. (to be published).

E. Ya. Kononov, A. E. Kramida, L. I. Podobedova, E. N. Ragozin, and V. A. Chirkov, “Analysis of the 3s–3p and 3p–3d transitions of S vii from laser-produced-plasma,” Phys. Scr. (to be published).

Ponz, D.

M. V. Penston, P. Benvenuti, A. Cassatella, A. Heck, P. Selvelli, F. Macchetto, D. Ponz, C. Jordan, N. Cramer, F. Rufener, and J. Manfroid, “IUE and other new observations of the slow nova RR Tel,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 202, 833–857 (1983).

Potapov, A. M.

V. A. Bryzgunov, S. Y. Lukyanov, A. M. Pakhomov, A. M. Potapov, and S. A. Chuvatin, Zh. Eksp. Theor. Fiz. 18, 1907 (1982).

Poulsen, O.

S. M. Bentzen, T. Anderson, and O. Poulsen, “New identifications of doubly excited quartet states of Be ii,” J. Phys. B.L71–L74 (1982).
[Crossref]

T. Andersen, S. M. Bentzen, and O. Poulsen, “Doubly excited states in Be iii,” Phys. Scr. 22, 119–122 (1980).
[Crossref]

Pradhan, A. K.

E. Källne, J. Källne, and A. K. Pradhan, “X-ray emission from He-like n= 2 charge states produced in tokamak plasmas,” Phys. Rev. A. 27, 1476–1486 (1983).
[Crossref]

Raassen, A. J. J.

J. E. Hansen and A. J. J. Raassen, “A study of fitted and calculated parameter values in iii, iv, V and vi spectra of the iron group elements,” Physica 111C, 76–101 (1981).

A. J. J. Raassen and Th. A. M. Van Kleef, “Analysis of the sixth spectrum of copper (Cu VI),” Physica 103C, 412–428 (1981).

A. J. J. Raassen and J. E. Hansen, “Forbidden lines of four and five times ionized iron and nickel in the spectra of RR Telescop II and ETA carinae,” Astrophys. J. 243, 217–222 (1981).
[Crossref]

A. J. J. Raassen, “Analysis of the sixth spectrum of nickel (Ni vi),” Physica 100C, 404–424 (1980).

Ragozin, E. N.

E. Ya. Kononov, A. E. Kramida, L. I. Podobedova, E. N. Ragozin, and V. A. Chirkov, “Analysis of the 3s–3p and 3p–3d transitions of S vii from laser-produced-plasma,” Phys. Scr. (to be published).

A. E. Kramida, L. I. Podobedova, E. N. Ragozin, and V. A. Chirkov, “Analysis of the 3s–3p and 3p–3d transitions of Cl viii from laser-produced-plasma,” Phys. Scr. (to be published).

Rahimullah, K.

Z. A. Khan, M. S. Z. Chaghtai, and K. Rahimullah, “Transitions between excited energy levels of Zr vii,” J. Phys. B. 16, 1685–1693 (1983).
[Crossref]

Z. A. Khan, K. Rahimullah, and M. S. Z. Chaghtai, “Additions to the spectrum of quadruply ionized zirconium (Zr v),” Phys. Scr. 23, 843–848 (1981).
[Crossref]

Z. A. Khan, M. S. Z. Chaghtai, and K. Rahimullah, “Spectrum of five times ionized zirconium (Zr vi),” Phys. Scr. 23, 837–842 (1981).
[Crossref]

Z. A. Khan, M. S. Z. Chaghtai, and K. Rahimullah, “Classified lines and energy levels of doubly ionized zirconium (Zr iii),” Phys. Scr. 23, 29–37 (1981).
[Crossref]

M. S. Z. Chaghtai, Z. A. Khan, and K. Rahimullah, “4s24p2–4s 4p3 transitions in Zr ix,” J. Phys. B. 13, 2523–2526 (1980).
[Crossref]

Z. A. Khan, M. S. Z. Chaghtai, and K. Rahimullah, “Resonance transitions in Zr viii,” J. Phys. B. 13, 2517–2522 (1980).
[Crossref]

K. Rahimullah, Z. A. Khan, and M. S. Z. Chaghtai, “Spectrum of trebly ionized zirconium (Zr iv),” Phys. Scr. 22, 493–497 (1980).
[Crossref]

Ramanujam, P.S.

L. J. Curtis and P.S. Ramanujam, “Semi-empirical calculations of fine structure splittings and ionization potentials in the Mg i isoelectronic sequence”; “Isoelectronic wavelength predictions for magnetic-dipole, electric-quadrupole and intercombination transitions in the Mg sequence,” Phys. Scr. 23, 1043–1046 (1981).
[Crossref]

Ramonas, A. A.

L. I. Podobedova, A. A. Ramonas, and A. N. Ryabtsev, “Analysis of the 3p63d8–3d74s transition in Ga vi,” Liet. Fiz. Rinkinys 23, 17–19 (1983).

A. A. Ramonas and A. N. Ryabtsev, “Spectra of Br viii, Br ix,” Liet. Fiz. Rinkinys 29, 65–73 (1980).

L. I. Podobedova, A. A. Ramonas, and A. N. Ryabtsev, “Spectra of Ge vii,” Opt. Spektrosk. 49, 453–459 (1980).

A. N. Ryabtsev and A. A. Ramonas, “3d3–3d24p transitions in the spectrum of Co vii,” Opt. Spektrosk. 49, 1050–1057 (1980).

L. I. Podobedova, A. A. Ramonas, and A. N. Ryabtsev, “Study of the 3d8–3d74p transition in the spectrum of Ge vii,” Opt. Spektrosk. 49, 453–459 (1980).

M. I. Bogdanovichene, E. Ya. Kononov, G. V. Merkelis, A. A. Ramonas, A. N. Ryabtsev, and S. S. Charilov, “Spectra of the 3p63d8–3p53d9 transition in Y xivMo xvii ions,” Opt. Spektrosk. 49, 447–452 (1980).

Ramones, A. A.

M. A. Bogdanovichene, E. Ya. Kononov, A. A. Ramones, and X. Ryabtsev, “Spectra of Y xiv–Mo xvii,” Opt. Spectros. 49, 447–452 (1980).

Rapley, C. G.

F. Bely-Dubau, J. Dubau, P. Faucher, A. H. Gabriel, M. Loulergue, L. Steenman-Clark, S. Volonté, E. Antonucci, and C. G. Rapley, “Dielectronic satellite spectra for highly-charged helium-like ions—VII. Calcium spectra-theory and comparison with SMM observations,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 210, 1155–1169 (1982).

Rathmann, P. W.

R. Hallin, J. A. Leavitt, A. Lindgard, P. W. Rathmann, H. Vach, and E. Veje, “Beam foil excitation of xenon, 4 MeV,” Nucl. Instrum. Methods 202, 41–44 (1982).
[Crossref]

Ray, W.

H. G. Berry, R. L. Brooks, K. T. Cheng, J. E. Hardis, and W. Ray, “The 5P–5S transitions in C iii, N iv and O iv,” Phys. Scr. 25, 391–393 (1982).
[Crossref]

Reader, J.

J. Reader, “3p63d9–3p53d10 transitions in cobalt-like ions from Ba29+ to Yb43+,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 73, 63–65 (1983).
[Crossref]

J. Reader, 5s25p4–5s 5p5 transitions in Cs iv, Ba v, and La vi,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 73, 349–352 (1983).
[Crossref]

J. Reader, “3s2–3s 3p and 3s 3p–3s 3d transitions in magnesium-like ions from Sr26+ to Rh33+,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 73, 796–799 (1983).
[Crossref]

G. L. Epstein and J. Reader, “Spectrum and energy levels of triply ionized yttrium (Y iv),” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 72, 476–492 (1982).
[Crossref]

A. N. Ryabtsev and J. Reader, “Spectra of the cobalt-like ions Sr xii, Y xiii, Zr xiv, Nb xv and Mo xvi,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 72, 710–716 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. Reader, “2s22p5–2s 2p6 transitions in the fluorine-like ions Sr29+ and Y30+,” Phys. Rev. A. 26, 501–503 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. Reader and G. Luther, “The copper isoelectronic sequence: Ba27+–W45+,” Phys. Scr. 24, 732–737 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. F. Wyart, J. Reader, and A. Ryabtsev, “3d–4p transitions in the zinc-like and copper-like ions Y x, X i, Zr xi, X ii, Nb xii, X iii, and Mo xiii,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 692–698 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. Reader, G. Luther, and N. Acquista, “Revised 6p2P1/2level of Mo xiv,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 204 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. Reader and A. Ryabtsev, “3p63d8–3p53d9 transitions in Sr xiii, Y xiv, Nb xvi, and Mo xvii,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 231–237 (1981).
[Crossref]

N. Acquista and J. Reader, “Spectrum and energy levels of nine-times ionized strontium (Sr x),” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 569–573 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. Reader and N. Acquista, “4s24p3–4s 4p4 and 4s24p3–4s24p25s transitions in Y vii, Zr viii, Nb ix, and Mo x,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 434–441 (1981).
[Crossref]

P. G. Burkhalter, J. Reader, and R. D. Cowan, “Spectra of Mo xiii–xviii from a laser-produced plasma and a low-inductance vacuum spark,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 912–919 (1980).
[Crossref]

J. Reader and N. Acquista, “Spectrum and energy levels of twelve-times ionized niobium (Nb xiii),” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 317–320 (1980).
[Crossref]

N. Acquista and J. Reader, “Spectrum and energy levels of triply ionized zirconium (Zr iv),” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 789–792 (1980).
[Crossref]

J. Reader and G. Luther, “Spectra of very highly charged Cu and Zn-like ions,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 45, 600–612 (1980).
[Crossref]

Remnijn, L.

E. Meinders, F. G. Meijer, and L. Remnijn, “The spectrum of triply ionized niobium,” Phys. Scr. 25, 527–535 (1982).
[Crossref]

Rice, J. E.

E. Källne, J. Källne, and J. E. Rice, “Observation of H- and He-like x-ray line emission in high-density tokamak plasmas,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 49, 330–333 (1982).
[Crossref]

M. Finkenthal, R. E. Bell, H. W. Moos, A. K. Bhatia, E. S. Marmar, J. L. Terry, and J. E. Rice, “The molybdenum spectrum emitted by a tokamak plasma in the 300–550 Å range,” Phys. Lett. A 82, 123–126 (1981).
[Crossref]

Ridgeley, A.

B. C. Fawcett and A. Ridgeley, “Analysis of n= 3 to n= 4 spectra for ions from Mg x to Fe xxiv and P xi, xii,” J. Phys. B.203–208 (1981).
[Crossref]

B. C. Fawcett, A. Ridgeley, and A. T. Hatter, “Spectra of transitions within the second shell belonging to elements between argon and vanadium,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 11, 1349–1354 (1980).
[Crossref]

Roberts, J. R.

J. R. Roberts, V. Kaufman, J. Sugar, and T. L. Pittman, “Magnetic-dipole transitions observed in highly ionized Ga, Ge, As and Kr,” Phys. Rev. 27, 1271–1273 (1983).

Roesler, P. L.

P. L. Roesler, R. J. Oliversen, F. Scherb, J. Lattis, T. E. Williams, D. G. York, E. B. Jenkins, J. L. Lawrance, P. Zucchino, and D. Long, “Fabray–Perot/CCP observations of [S iii] and [S ii] emissions from the Jupiter plasma torus,” Astrophys. J. 259, 900–907 (1982).
[Crossref]

Roney, W.

M. Bitter, S. Von Goeler, K. W. Hill, R. Horton, D. Johnson, W. Roney, N. Sauthoff, E. Silver, and W. Stodiek, “Unresolved dielectronic satellites of the resonance line of helium-like iron (Fe xxv),” Phys. Rev. Lett. 47, 921–924 (1981).
[Crossref]

Rufener, F.

M. V. Penston, P. Benvenuti, A. Cassatella, A. Heck, P. Selvelli, F. Macchetto, D. Ponz, C. Jordan, N. Cramer, F. Rufener, and J. Manfroid, “IUE and other new observations of the slow nova RR Tel,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 202, 833–857 (1983).

Rugge, H. R.

D. L. McKenzie, P. B. Landecker, R. M. Broussard, H. R. Rugge, R. M. Young, U. Feldman, and G. A. Doschek, “Solar flare x-ray spectra between 7.8 and 23.0 angstroms,” Astrophys. J. 241, 409–416 (1980).
[Crossref]

Ryabtsev, A.

Ryabtsev, A. N.

L. I. Podobedova, A. A. Ramonas, and A. N. Ryabtsev, “Analysis of the 3p63d8–3d74s transition in Ga vi,” Liet. Fiz. Rinkinys 23, 17–19 (1983).

A. N. Ryabtsev, “Spectra of Mn vi,” Opt. Spektrosk. 53, 23–25 (1982).

Th. A. M. Van Kleef, A. N. Podebedova, A. N. Ryabtsev, and Y. N. Joshi, “Spectrum of quaduply ionized zinc: Zn v,” Phys. Rev. A. 25, 2017–2030 (1982).
[Crossref]

A. N. Ryabtsev and J. Reader, “Spectra of the cobalt-like ions Sr xii, Y xiii, Zr xiv, Nb xv and Mo xvi,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 72, 710–716 (1982).
[Crossref]

A. A. Ramonas and A. N. Ryabtsev, “Spectra of Br viii, Br ix,” Liet. Fiz. Rinkinys 29, 65–73 (1980).

L. I. Podobedova, A. A. Ramonas, and A. N. Ryabtsev, “Spectra of Ge vii,” Opt. Spektrosk. 49, 453–459 (1980).

A. N. Ryabtsev and A. A. Ramonas, “3d3–3d24p transitions in the spectrum of Co vii,” Opt. Spektrosk. 49, 1050–1057 (1980).

L. I. Podobedova, A. A. Ramonas, and A. N. Ryabtsev, “Study of the 3d8–3d74p transition in the spectrum of Ge vii,” Opt. Spektrosk. 49, 453–459 (1980).

M. I. Bogdanovichene, E. Ya. Kononov, G. V. Merkelis, A. A. Ramonas, A. N. Ryabtsev, and S. S. Charilov, “Spectra of the 3p63d8–3p53d9 transition in Y xivMo xvii ions,” Opt. Spektrosk. 49, 447–452 (1980).

A. N. Ryabtsev, “Analysis of the 4d9–4d85p transitions in eleven-times ionized barium (Ba xii),” Phys. Scr. (to be published).

Ryabtsev, X.

M. A. Bogdanovichene, E. Ya. Kononov, A. A. Ramones, and X. Ryabtsev, “Spectra of Y xiv–Mo xvii,” Opt. Spectros. 49, 447–452 (1980).

Saely, J. F.

J. F. Saely, “Simulated Lyman-alpha and dielectronic satellite spectra, z= 6–20*,” At. Data Nucl. Data Tables 26, 137–164 (1981).
[Crossref]

Saikowski, M.

V. V. Krutov, V. V. Korneev, V. Karev, V. M. Lomkova, G. Bromboszcz, M. Saikowski, J. Sylwester, and S. Vasha, “Analysis of the high-resolution x-ray spectra obtained aboard the Intercosmos 16 satellite,” Solar Phys. 73, 105–119 (1981).
[Crossref]

Sanders, J. M.

R. L. Watson, O. Benka, K. Parthasaradhi, R. J. Maurer, and J. M. Sanders, “Spectra of Ne–Kα x-ray satellites and hyper-satellites excited by 1.2–1.4-MeV anu−1He, C, Mg and Ar ions,” J. Phys. B. 16, 835–851 (1983).
[Crossref]

Sato, K.

S. Suckewer, E. Hinnov, S. Cohen, M. Finkenthal, and K. Sato, “Identification of magnetic dipole lines above 2000 Å in several highly ionized Mo and Zr ions on the PLT tokamak,” Phys. Rev. A. 26, 1161–1163 (1982).
[Crossref]

E. Hinnov, S. Suckewer, S. Cohen, and K. Sato, “Observed transitions in n= 2 ground-state configurations of copper, nickel, iron, chromium and germanium in tokamak discharges,” Phys. Rev. A. 25, 2293–2301 (1982).
[Crossref]

Sauthoff, N.

M. Bitter, S. Von Goeler, K. W. Hill, R. Horton, D. Johnson, W. Roney, N. Sauthoff, E. Silver, and W. Stodiek, “Unresolved dielectronic satellites of the resonance line of helium-like iron (Fe xxv),” Phys. Rev. Lett. 47, 921–924 (1981).
[Crossref]

Schectman, R. M.

A. E. Livingston, L. J. Curtis, R. M. Schectman, and H. G. Berry, “Energies and lifetimes of excited states in copper-like Kr viii,” Phys. Rev. A. 21, 771–781 (1980).
[Crossref]

Scherb, F.

P. L. Roesler, R. J. Oliversen, F. Scherb, J. Lattis, T. E. Williams, D. G. York, E. B. Jenkins, J. L. Lawrance, P. Zucchino, and D. Long, “Fabray–Perot/CCP observations of [S iii] and [S ii] emissions from the Jupiter plasma torus,” Astrophys. J. 259, 900–907 (1982).
[Crossref]

Schweitzer, N.

J. F. Wyart, M. Klapisch, J. L. Schwob, and N. Schweitzer, “The 3d9–3d84p transitions in the spectra of highly-ionised elements yttrium to silver (Y xiii–Ag xxi),” Phys. Scr. 26, 141–154 (1982).
[Crossref]

N. Schweitzer, M. Klapisch, J. L. Schwob, M. Finkenthal, P. Bar-Shalom, P. Mandelbaum, and B. S. Fraenkel, “Nickel-like spectra of elements Y xii to Ag xx from a vacuum spark,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 219–226 (1981).
[Crossref]

M. Klapisch, P. Mandelbaum, J. L. Schwob, A. Bar-Shalom, and N. Schweitzer, “3d–4p transitions in the soft x-ray spectra of Mo xiv and of isoelectronic Y to Ag ions, from a low-inductance vacuum spark,” Phys. Lett. A 84, 177–181 (1981).
[Crossref]

Schwob, J. L.

P. Mandelbaum, M. Klapisch, A. Bar-Shalom, and J. L. Schwob, “Classification of x-ray spectra from laser produced plasmas of atoms from Tm to Pt in the range 6–9 Å,” Phys. Scr. 27, 39–53 (1983).
[Crossref]

J. F. Wyart, M. Klapisch, J. L. Schwob, and P. Mandelbaum, “Spectra of the iron-like ions from Y xiv to Ag xxii,” Phys. Scr. 27, 275–290 (1983).
[Crossref]

B. C. Stratton, W. L. Hodge, H. W. Moos, J. L. Schwob, S. Suckewer, M. Finkenthal, and S. Cohen, “Spectra of germanium and selenium in the 50–350 Å region from the PLT tokamak plasma,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 73, 877–881 (1983).
[Crossref]

J. F. Wyart, M. Klapisch, J. L. Schwob, and N. Schweitzer, “The 3d9–3d84p transitions in the spectra of highly-ionised elements yttrium to silver (Y xiii–Ag xxi),” Phys. Scr. 26, 141–154 (1982).
[Crossref]

N. Schweitzer, M. Klapisch, J. L. Schwob, M. Finkenthal, P. Bar-Shalom, P. Mandelbaum, and B. S. Fraenkel, “Nickel-like spectra of elements Y xii to Ag xx from a vacuum spark,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 219–226 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. Klapisch, P. Mandelbaum, A. Bar-Shalom, J. L. Schwob, A. Zigler, and S. Jackel, “Identification of 3d–4p transitions in Co-like W xl, W iii and Tm xliii and in Cu-like W xlvi and Tm xli from laser produced plasmas,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 1276–1281 (1981).
[Crossref]

M. Klapisch, P. Mandelbaum, J. L. Schwob, A. Bar-Shalom, and N. Schweitzer, “3d–4p transitions in the soft x-ray spectra of Mo xiv and of isoelectronic Y to Ag ions, from a low-inductance vacuum spark,” Phys. Lett. A 84, 177–181 (1981).
[Crossref]

M. Klapisch, A. Bar-Shalom, P. Mandelbaum, J. L. Schwob, A. Zigler, H. Zmora, and S. Jackel, “Nickel-like spectra of Tm xlii and Yb xliii from laser produced plasma,” Phys. Lett. A 79, 67–70 (1980).
[Crossref]

A. Zigler, H. Smora, N. Spector, M. Klapisch, J. L. Schwob, and A. Bar-Shalom, “Identification of the spectra of Hf xlv, Ta xlvi, W xlvii, and Re xlviii; isoelectronic to Ni i in laser-produced plasmas,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 129–132 (1980).
[Crossref]

N. Spector, A. Zigler, H. Zmora, and J. L. Schwob, “Cr, Co and Ni transitions isoelectronic to the Fe xxiv–Fe xvii lines around 11 Å in laser-produced plasma,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 857–861 (1980).
[Crossref]

Seely, J. F.

J. G. Lunney and J. F. Seely, “Inner-shell excitation of argon dielectronic satellite spectral lines in imploded microballoon plasmas,” J. Phys. B.L121–L127 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. G. Lunney and J. F. Seely, “Silicon satellite spectra from laser-imploded microballoons,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 46, 342–345 (1981).
[Crossref]

Selvelli, P.

M. V. Penston, P. Benvenuti, A. Cassatella, A. Heck, P. Selvelli, F. Macchetto, D. Ponz, C. Jordan, N. Cramer, F. Rufener, and J. Manfroid, “IUE and other new observations of the slow nova RR Tel,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 202, 833–857 (1983).

Shemansky, D. E.

R. A. Brown and D. E. Shemansky, “On the nature of S ii emission from Jupiter’s hot plasma torus,” Astrophys. J. 263, 433–442 (1982).
[Crossref]

Shujauddin, Q.

M. S. Z. Chaghtai, Q. Shujauddin, and A. Mushtaq, “An experimental study of the 4p35p, 4f configurations of Nb viii,” J. Phys. B. 15, 2587–2594 (1982).
[Crossref]

Q. Shujauddin, A. Mushtag, and M. S. Z. Chaghtai, “The fifth spectrum of niobium (Nb v),” Phys. Scr. 25, 924–928 (1982).
[Crossref]

Q. Shujauddin, M. S. Z. Chaghtai, A. Mushtag, and A. Tauheed, “The spectrum of five-times ionized niobium (Nb vi),” Phys. Scr. 26, 91–96 (1982).
[Crossref]

Silver, E.

M. Bitter, S. Von Goeler, K. W. Hill, R. Horton, D. Johnson, W. Roney, N. Sauthoff, E. Silver, and W. Stodiek, “Unresolved dielectronic satellites of the resonance line of helium-like iron (Fe xxv),” Phys. Rev. Lett. 47, 921–924 (1981).
[Crossref]

Silver, J. D.

E. Traebert, H. Hellmann, P. H. Heckmann, S. Bashkin, H. A. Klein, and J. D. Silver, “Fine structure transitions in doubly excited three-electron Mg9+,” Phys. Lett. A 93, 76–80 (1982).
[Crossref]

E. Traebert, B. C. Fawcett, and J. D. Silver, “One- and two-electron one-photon satellite transitions in the x-ray spectrum of foil excited F and Si,” J. Phys. B. 15, 3587–3597 (1982).
[Crossref]

H. A. Klein, S. Bashkin, B. P. Duval, F. Moscatelli, J. D. Silver, H. F. Beyer, and F. Folkmann, “Observations of the 1s 2s3S1–1s 2p3P2,0transitions in helium-like Ne8+ recoil ions produced in a gas target,” J. Phys. B. 15, 4507–4516 (1982).
[Crossref]

M. F. Stamp, I. A. Armour, N. J. Peacock, and J. D. Silver, “Accurate measurements of 1s 2s3S–1s 2p3P transition wavelengths of helium-like ions in tokamak plasmas,” J. Phys. B. 14, 3551–3561 (1981).
[Crossref]

Smitt, R.

R. Smitt and L. A. Svensson, “The configurations 3s23p53d and 3s 3p63d in Mn viii and Fe ix,” Phys. Scr. 27, 364–366 (1983).
[Crossref]

Smora, H.

Sofronova, U. I.

L. A. Vainshtein and U. I. Sofronova, “Dielectronic satellite spectra for highly charged Li-like ions (2l′3l″–1s 2l, 2l′3l″–1s 3l) and He-like ions (1s 2l′3l″–1s22l, 1s 2&ifl′3l″–1s23l) with z= 6–33,” At. Data Nucl. Data Tables 25, 311–385 (1980).
[Crossref]

Spector, N.

Srivastava, R. P.

Th. A. M. Van Kleef, Y. N. Joshi, and R. P. Srivastava, “Analysis of Cd v. I. 4d8–4d75p transitions,” Physica 114C, 105–116 (1982).

Stamp, M. F.

M. F. Stamp and N. J. Peacock, “Improved wavelengths of n= 2–2 transitions in ionized titanium,” J. Phys. B. 15, L703–L707 (1982).
[Crossref]

M. F. Stamp, I. A. Armour, N. J. Peacock, and J. D. Silver, “Accurate measurements of 1s 2s3S–1s 2p3P transition wavelengths of helium-like ions in tokamak plasmas,” J. Phys. B. 14, 3551–3561 (1981).
[Crossref]

K. D. Lawson, N. J. Peacock, and M. F. Stamp, “Allowed and forbidden n= 2–2 transitions of the elements Ti, Cr, Fe, Co and Ni in tkamak discharges,” J. Phys. B. 14, 1929–1952 (1981).
[Crossref]

Steenman-Clark, L.

F. Bely-Dubau, P. Faucher, L. Steenman-Clark, M. Bitter, S. Von Goeler, K. W. Hill, C. Camhy-Val, and J. Dubau, “Satellite spectra for helium-like titanium,” Phys. Rev. A. 26, 3459–3669 (1982).
[Crossref]

F. Bely-Dubau, J. Dubau, P. Faucher, A. H. Gabriel, M. Loulergue, L. Steenman-Clark, S. Volonté, E. Antonucci, and C. G. Rapley, “Dielectronic satellite spectra for highly-charged helium-like ions—VII. Calcium spectra-theory and comparison with SMM observations,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 210, 1155–1169 (1982).

J. Dubau, A. H. Gabriel, M. Loulergue, L. Steenman-Clark, and S. Voloné, “Dielectronic satellite spectra for hydrogen-like iron in low density plasmas,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 195, 705–719 (1981).

Stodiek, W.

M. Bitter, S. Von Goeler, K. W. Hill, R. Horton, D. Johnson, W. Roney, N. Sauthoff, E. Silver, and W. Stodiek, “Unresolved dielectronic satellites of the resonance line of helium-like iron (Fe xxv),” Phys. Rev. Lett. 47, 921–924 (1981).
[Crossref]

Stoner, J. O.

S. Bashkin and J. O. Stoner, Atomic Energy Level and Grotian Diagrams (North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1978–1982), Vols. 1–4.

Storey, P. J.

H. E. Mason and P. J. Storey, “Atomic data for Fe xxii,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 191, 631–639 (1980).

Stratton, B. C.

Striganov, A. R.

A. R. Striganov and G. A. Odintsova, Tabulated Spectral Lines of Atoms and Ions (Ehnergiozdat, Moscow, 1982).

Suckewer, S.

B. Denne, E. Hinnov, S. Suckewer, and S. Cohen, “Magnetic dipole lines in the 3s23px configurations from copper to molybdenum,” Phys. Rev. A. 28, 206–208 (1983).
[Crossref]

B. C. Stratton, W. L. Hodge, H. W. Moos, J. L. Schwob, S. Suckewer, M. Finkenthal, and S. Cohen, “Spectra of germanium and selenium in the 50–350 Å region from the PLT tokamak plasma,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 73, 877–881 (1983).
[Crossref]

S. Suckewer, E. Hinnov, S. Cohen, M. Finkenthal, and K. Sato, “Identification of magnetic dipole lines above 2000 Å in several highly ionized Mo and Zr ions on the PLT tokamak,” Phys. Rev. A. 26, 1161–1163 (1982).
[Crossref]

E. Hinnov, S. Suckewer, S. Cohen, and K. Sato, “Observed transitions in n= 2 ground-state configurations of copper, nickel, iron, chromium and germanium in tokamak discharges,” Phys. Rev. A. 25, 2293–2301 (1982).
[Crossref]

M. Finkenthal, E. Hinnov, S. Cohen, and S. Suckewer, “The 3s2 1S0–3s 3p3P1magnesium sequence intercombination lines from Sc x to Mo xxxi observed in the PLT tokamak,” Phys. Lett. 91, 284–286 (1982).
[Crossref]

S. Suckewer, “Spectroscopic diagnostics of tokamak plasmas,” Phys. Scr. 23, 72–86 (1981).
[Crossref]

E. Hinnov and S. Suckewer, “Magnetic dipole transitions in highly ionized titanium, chromium, iron and nickel,” Phys. Lett. A 79, 298–299 (1980).
[Crossref]

B. Denne, E. Hinnov, S. Suckewer, and J. Timberlake, “On the ground configuration of the phosphorus sequence from copper to molybdenum” (to be published).

Sugar, J.

J. R. Roberts, V. Kaufman, J. Sugar, and T. L. Pittman, “Magnetic-dipole transitions observed in highly ionized Ga, Ge, As and Kr,” Phys. Rev. 27, 1271–1273 (1983).

V. Kaufman, J. Sugar, and J. L. Tech, “Analysis of the 4d9–4d85p transitions in nine-times ionized xenon (Xe x),” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 73, 691–693 (1983).
[Crossref]

J. Sugar and V. Kaufman, “Resonance lines in the Pd i isoelectronic sequence: iviii to Ho xxii,” Phys. Scr. 26, 419–421 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. Sugar, V. Kaufman, and D. Cooper, “C i isoelectronic sequence: observations of 2sm 2pn–2sm−12pn+1 intersystem transitions and improved measurement for Ci xii, K xiv, Ca xv, Sc xvi, Ti xvii and V xviii,” Phys. Scr. 26, 189–193 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. Sugar, V. Kaufman, and D. Cooper, “B i isoelectronic sequence: observation of 2s 2p2–2p3 intersystem lines in Sc xvii and improved measurements for Cl xiii, K xv, Ca xvi, Sc xvii and Ti xviii,” Phys. Scr. 26, 293–295 (1982).
[Crossref]

V. Kaufman, J. Sugar, and D. Cooper, “F i and O i isoelectronic sequences: observations of 2sm 2pn–;2sm−12pn+1 intersystem transitions and improved measurements for Cl, K, Ca, Sc, Ti and V,” Phys. Scr. 25, 623–626 (1982).
[Crossref]

V. Kaufman, J. Sugar, and D. Cooper, “N i isoelectronic sequence: observations of 2sm 2pn–2sm−12pn+1 intersystem transitions and improved measurements for Cl xi, K xiii, Ca xiv, Sc xv, Ti xvi and V xvii,” Phys. Scr. 26, 163–167 (1982).
[Crossref]

C. Corliss and J. Sugar, “Energy levels of iron Fe i–Fe xxvi,” J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data 11, 135–241 (1982).
[Crossref]

C. Corliss and J. Sugar, “Energy levels of nickel Ni i–Ni xxxviii,” J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data 10, 197–289 (1981).
[Crossref]

V. Kaufman and J. Sugar, “Ag i isoelectronic sequence: wavelengths and energy levels for I vii through La xi,” Phys. Scr. 24, 738–741 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. Sugar and C. Corliss, “Energy levels of cobalt Co i–Co xxvii,” J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data 10, 1097–1174 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. Sugar and V. Kaufman, “Ag i isoelectronic sequence: wavelengths and energy levels for Cc xii through Ho xxi and for W xxviii,” Phys. Scr. 24, 742–746 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. F. Wyart, V. Kaufman, and J. Sugar, “The 4f135f configuration in the isoelectronic sequence of Yb iii,” Phys. Scr. 23, 1069–1078 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. Sugar and V. Kaufman, “Tokamak-generated tungsten radiation identified in Ag i isoelectronic sequence (W xxviii),” Phys. Rev. A. 21, 2096–2098 (1980).
[Crossref]

Svendenivs, N.

N. Svendenivs, C. E. Magnusson, and P. O. Zetterberg, “The spectrum of singly ionized phosphorus, P ii,” Phys. Scr. 27, 339–363 (1983).
[Crossref]

Svensson, L. A.

R. Smitt and L. A. Svensson, “The configurations 3s23p53d and 3s 3p63d in Mn viii and Fe ix,” Phys. Scr. 27, 364–366 (1983).
[Crossref]

Sweeny, B.

Sylwester, J.

V. V. Krutov, V. V. Korneev, V. Karev, V. M. Lomkova, G. Bromboszcz, M. Saikowski, J. Sylwester, and S. Vasha, “Analysis of the high-resolution x-ray spectra obtained aboard the Intercosmos 16 satellite,” Solar Phys. 73, 105–119 (1981).
[Crossref]

Tauheed, A.

Q. Shujauddin, M. S. Z. Chaghtai, A. Mushtag, and A. Tauheed, “The spectrum of five-times ionized niobium (Nb vi),” Phys. Scr. 26, 91–96 (1982).
[Crossref]

Tech, J. L.

Terry, J. L.

M. Finkenthal, R. E. Bell, H. W. Moos, A. K. Bhatia, E. S. Marmar, J. L. Terry, and J. E. Rice, “The molybdenum spectrum emitted by a tokamak plasma in the 300–550 Å range,” Phys. Lett. A 82, 123–126 (1981).
[Crossref]

Timberlake, J.

B. Denne, E. Hinnov, S. Suckewer, and J. Timberlake, “On the ground configuration of the phosphorus sequence from copper to molybdenum” (to be published).

Tozzi, G. P.

M. Mazzoni, G. P. Tozzi, A. M. Cantu, and M. Pettini, “Extended analysis of the VUV spectrum of neutral carbon,” Physica 111C, 379–385 (1981).

Traebert, E.

E. Traebert, H. Hellmann, P. H. Heckmann, S. Bashkin, H. A. Klein, and J. D. Silver, “Fine structure transitions in doubly excited three-electron Mg9+,” Phys. Lett. A 93, 76–80 (1982).
[Crossref]

E. Traebert, B. C. Fawcett, and J. D. Silver, “One- and two-electron one-photon satellite transitions in the x-ray spectrum of foil excited F and Si,” J. Phys. B. 15, 3587–3597 (1982).
[Crossref]

E. Traebert, K. W. Jones, B. M. Johnson, D. C. Gregory, and T. H. Kruse, “Beam-foil lifetimes of n= 3 levels in Fe xiii to Fe xvi. II. Analysis of decay curves,” Phys. Lett. A 87, 336–340 (1982).
[Crossref]

Trigueiros, A.

I. Martinson, B. Denne, J. O. Ekberg, L. Engström, S. Huldt, C. Jupen, U. Litzen, S. Mannervik, and A. Trigueiros, “Transitions in multiply excited F vi and F vii,” Phys. Scr. 27, 201–206 (1983).
[Crossref]

Uchiike, M.

T. Hasama, Y. Onishi, M. Uchiike, and K. Fukuda, “Extreme ultraviolet spectra of emission from plasma focus. I. Fe ion lines from 70 to 210 Å,” Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 20, 2269–2279 (1981).
[Crossref]

Uijlings, P.

E. Meinders and P. Uijlings, “Extended analysis of Cu iv; the wavelength region 700–1200 Å,” Physica 100C, 389–403 (1980).

Vach, H.

R. Hallin, J. A. Leavitt, A. Lindgard, P. W. Rathmann, H. Vach, and E. Veje, “Beam foil excitation of xenon, 4 MeV,” Nucl. Instrum. Methods 202, 41–44 (1982).
[Crossref]

Vainshtein, L. A.

L. A. Vainshtein and U. I. Sofronova, “Dielectronic satellite spectra for highly charged Li-like ions (2l′3l″–1s 2l, 2l′3l″–1s 3l) and He-like ions (1s 2l′3l″–1s22l, 1s 2&ifl′3l″–1s23l) with z= 6–33,” At. Data Nucl. Data Tables 25, 311–385 (1980).
[Crossref]

Van Kleef, Th. A. M.

Th. A. M. Van Kleef and Y. N. Joshi, “4d75s–4d75p transitions in Ag iv,” Can. J. Phys. 61, 36–39 (1983); “Analysis of 4d8–4d75p transitions in trebly ionized silver: Ag iv,” Can. J. Phys. Vol.  59, 1930–1939 (1981).
[Crossref]

Th. A. M. Van Kleef, A. N. Podebedova, A. N. Ryabtsev, and Y. N. Joshi, “Spectrum of quaduply ionized zinc: Zn v,” Phys. Rev. A. 25, 2017–2030 (1982).
[Crossref]

Th. A. M. Van Kleef and Y. N. Joshi, “4d75s–4d75p transitions in the sixth spectrum of indium: In vi,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 72, 1348–1362 (1982).
[Crossref]

Y. N. Joshi and Th. A. M. Van Kleef, “Sixth spectrum of indium: In vi,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 72, 259–267 (1982).
[Crossref]

Th. A. M. Van Kleef and Y. N. Joshi, “Analysis of Cd v. II. 4d75s–4d75p transitions,” Physica 114C, 117–125 (1982).

Th. A. M. Van Kleef, Y. N. Joshi, and R. P. Srivastava, “Analysis of Cd v. I. 4d8–4d75p transitions,” Physica 114C, 105–116 (1982).

Th. A. M. Van Kleef and Y. N. Joshi, “Analysis of the 4d95d, 4d85s2and 4d96s configurations of In iv and Sn v,” Phys. Scr. 24, 557–565 (1981).
[Crossref]

Th. A. M. Van Kleef and Y. N. Joshi, “Eleventh spectrum of cesium: CS xi,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 55–59 (1981).
[Crossref]

A. J. J. Raassen and Th. A. M. Van Kleef, “Analysis of the sixth spectrum of copper (Cu VI),” Physica 103C, 412–428 (1981).

Y. N. Joshi and Th. A. M. Van Kleef, “Ninth spectrum of bromine: Br ix,” Phys. Scr. 23, 249–252 (1981).
[Crossref]

Y. N. Joshi and Th. A. M. Van Kleef, “The 4d85s, 4d85p and 4p54d10 configurations in the Te viii spectrum and the 4d86s configuration in the Te vii spectrum,” Can. J. Phys. 58, 1119–1125 (1980).
[Crossref]

Y. N. Joshi and Th. A. M. Van Kleef, “Revised and extended analysis of Cd iv,” Can. J. Phys. 58, 737–743 (1980).
[Crossref]

Y. N. Joshi and Th. A. M. Van Kleef, “Ninth spectrum of iodine: I ix,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 1344–1349 (1980).
[Crossref]

Th. A. M. Van Kleef and Y. N. Joshi, “Analysis of 4d85s–4d8Sp and 4d9–4p54d10transitions in Sb vii,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 895–900 (1980).
[Crossref]

Th. A. M. Van Kleef and Y. N. Joshi, “Sixth and seventh spectra of arsenic: As vi and As vii,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 491–499 (1980).
[Crossref]

Vasha, S.

V. V. Krutov, V. V. Korneev, V. Karev, V. M. Lomkova, G. Bromboszcz, M. Saikowski, J. Sylwester, and S. Vasha, “Analysis of the high-resolution x-ray spectra obtained aboard the Intercosmos 16 satellite,” Solar Phys. 73, 105–119 (1981).
[Crossref]

Veje, E.

R. Hallin, J. A. Leavitt, A. Lindgard, P. W. Rathmann, H. Vach, and E. Veje, “Beam foil excitation of xenon, 4 MeV,” Nucl. Instrum. Methods 202, 41–44 (1982).
[Crossref]

Voloné, S.

J. Dubau, A. H. Gabriel, M. Loulergue, L. Steenman-Clark, and S. Voloné, “Dielectronic satellite spectra for hydrogen-like iron in low density plasmas,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 195, 705–719 (1981).

Volonté, S.

F. Bely-Dubau, J. Dubau, P. Faucher, A. H. Gabriel, M. Loulergue, L. Steenman-Clark, S. Volonté, E. Antonucci, and C. G. Rapley, “Dielectronic satellite spectra for highly-charged helium-like ions—VII. Calcium spectra-theory and comparison with SMM observations,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 210, 1155–1169 (1982).

Von Goeler, S.

F. Bely-Dubau, P. Faucher, L. Steenman-Clark, M. Bitter, S. Von Goeler, K. W. Hill, C. Camhy-Val, and J. Dubau, “Satellite spectra for helium-like titanium,” Phys. Rev. A. 26, 3459–3669 (1982).
[Crossref]

M. Bitter, S. Von Goeler, K. W. Hill, R. Horton, D. Johnson, W. Roney, N. Sauthoff, E. Silver, and W. Stodiek, “Unresolved dielectronic satellites of the resonance line of helium-like iron (Fe xxv),” Phys. Rev. Lett. 47, 921–924 (1981).
[Crossref]

Walker, D.

S. Bashkin, R. Hallin, J. Leavitt, U. Litzen, and D. Walker, “Hydrogenic terms and the ionization potential fo Xe viii,” Phys. Scr. 23, 5–6 (1981).
[Crossref]

Watson, R. L.

R. L. Watson, O. Benka, K. Parthasaradhi, R. J. Maurer, and J. M. Sanders, “Spectra of Ne–Kα x-ray satellites and hyper-satellites excited by 1.2–1.4-MeV anu−1He, C, Mg and Ar ions,” J. Phys. B. 16, 835–851 (1983).
[Crossref]

Weise, A. W.

A. W. Weise, “Correlation corrections to energy levels of Fe xxi,” J. Phys. B.4331–4338 (1982).
[Crossref]

Williams, T. E.

P. L. Roesler, R. J. Oliversen, F. Scherb, J. Lattis, T. E. Williams, D. G. York, E. B. Jenkins, J. L. Lawrance, P. Zucchino, and D. Long, “Fabray–Perot/CCP observations of [S iii] and [S ii] emissions from the Jupiter plasma torus,” Astrophys. J. 259, 900–907 (1982).
[Crossref]

Wolfson, C. J.

K. J. H. Phillips, J. W. Leibacher, C. J. Wolfson, J. H. Parkinson, B. C. Fawcett, B. J. Kent, H. E. Mason, L. W. Acton, J. L. Culhane, and A. H. Gabriel, “Solar flare x-ray spectra from the Solar Maximum Mission flat crystal spectrometer,” Astrophys. J. 256, 774–787 (1982).
[Crossref]

Wyart, J. F.

J. F. Wyart, M. Klapisch, J. L. Schwob, and P. Mandelbaum, “Spectra of the iron-like ions from Y xiv to Ag xxii,” Phys. Scr. 27, 275–290 (1983).
[Crossref]

J. F. Wyart, M. Klapisch, J. L. Schwob, and N. Schweitzer, “The 3d9–3d84p transitions in the spectra of highly-ionised elements yttrium to silver (Y xiii–Ag xxi),” Phys. Scr. 26, 141–154 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. F. Wyart, J. Reader, and A. Ryabtsev, “3d–4p transitions in the zinc-like and copper-like ions Y x, X i, Zr xi, X ii, Nb xii, X iii, and Mo xiii,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 692–698 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. F. Wyart, V. Kaufman, and J. Sugar, “The 4f135f configuration in the isoelectronic sequence of Yb iii,” Phys. Scr. 23, 1069–1078 (1981).
[Crossref]

Ya, E.

E. V. Aglitsky, E. Ya, Golts Yu, A. Levykin, and A. M. Livshits, “X-ray spectra of Ne-like ions of Ag, Cd, In and Sn,” J. Phys. B. 14, 1549–1552 (1981).
[Crossref]

Yaakabi, B.

York, D. G.

R. D. Cowan, L. M. Hobbs, and D. G. York, “Theoretical oscillator strengths for 21 spin-forbidden lines of C, N, O, Al and Si,” Astrophys. J. 757, 373–375 (1982).
[Crossref]

P. L. Roesler, R. J. Oliversen, F. Scherb, J. Lattis, T. E. Williams, D. G. York, E. B. Jenkins, J. L. Lawrance, P. Zucchino, and D. Long, “Fabray–Perot/CCP observations of [S iii] and [S ii] emissions from the Jupiter plasma torus,” Astrophys. J. 259, 900–907 (1982).
[Crossref]

Young, R. M.

D. L. McKenzie, P. B. Landecker, R. M. Broussard, H. R. Rugge, R. M. Young, U. Feldman, and G. A. Doschek, “Solar flare x-ray spectra between 7.8 and 23.0 angstroms,” Astrophys. J. 241, 409–416 (1980).
[Crossref]

Yu, Golts

E. V. Aglitsky, E. Ya, Golts Yu, A. Levykin, and A. M. Livshits, “X-ray spectra of Ne-like ions of Ag, Cd, In and Sn,” J. Phys. B. 14, 1549–1552 (1981).
[Crossref]

Zalubus, R.

C. Martin and R. Zalubus, “Energy levels of sodium Na i–xi,” J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data 10, 153–195 (1981).
[Crossref]

Zeippen, C. J.

M. Eidelsberg, F. Crifo-Magnant, and C. J. Zeippen, “Forbidden lines in hot astronomical sources,” Astron. Astrophys. Suppl. 43, 455–471 (1981).

Zetterberg, P. O.

N. Svendenivs, C. E. Magnusson, and P. O. Zetterberg, “The spectrum of singly ionized phosphorus, P ii,” Phys. Scr. 27, 339–363 (1983).
[Crossref]

I. Joelsson, P. O. Zetterberg, and C. E. Magnusson, “The spectrum and term system of S v,” Phys. Scr. 23, 1087–1095 (1981).
[Crossref]

Zigler, A.

Zmora, H.

M. Klapisch, A. Bar-Shalom, P. Mandelbaum, J. L. Schwob, A. Zigler, H. Zmora, and S. Jackel, “Nickel-like spectra of Tm xlii and Yb xliii from laser produced plasma,” Phys. Lett. A 79, 67–70 (1980).
[Crossref]

N. Spector, A. Zigler, H. Zmora, and J. L. Schwob, “Cr, Co and Ni transitions isoelectronic to the Fe xxiv–Fe xvii lines around 11 Å in laser-produced plasma,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 857–861 (1980).
[Crossref]

Zucchino, P.

P. L. Roesler, R. J. Oliversen, F. Scherb, J. Lattis, T. E. Williams, D. G. York, E. B. Jenkins, J. L. Lawrance, P. Zucchino, and D. Long, “Fabray–Perot/CCP observations of [S iii] and [S ii] emissions from the Jupiter plasma torus,” Astrophys. J. 259, 900–907 (1982).
[Crossref]

Adv. At. Mol. Phys. (1)

B. C. Fawcett, “Recent progress in the classification of the spectra of highly ionized atoms,” Adv. At. Mol. Phys. 10, 223–291 (1974).
[Crossref]

Astron. Astrophys. (2)

A. K. Bhatia and H. E. Mason, “Atomic calculation for Fe xxiii, UV and x-ray lines,” Astron. Astrophys. 103, 324–330 (1981).

S. O. Kastner, “The solar spectrum of O iv, including photoexcitation by Fe ix 171.07°,” Astron. Astrophys. 108, 361–368 (1982).

Astron. Astrophys. Suppl. (2)

A. K. Bhatia and H. E. Mason, “Atomic calculations for Ca xvii, UV and x-ray lines,” Astron. Astrophys. Suppl. 52, 115–124 (1983).

M. Eidelsberg, F. Crifo-Magnant, and C. J. Zeippen, “Forbidden lines in hot astronomical sources,” Astron. Astrophys. Suppl. 43, 455–471 (1981).

Astrophys. J. (11)

U. Feldman, G. A. Doschek, and R. W. Kreplin, “High-resolution x-ray spectra of the 1979 March 25 solar flare,” Astrophys. J. 238, 365–374 (1980).
[Crossref]

R. D. Cowan, L. M. Hobbs, and D. G. York, “Theoretical oscillator strengths for 21 spin-forbidden lines of C, N, O, Al and Si,” Astrophys. J. 757, 373–375 (1982).
[Crossref]

G. A. Doschek, U. Feldman, and R. D. Cowan, “High resolution x-ray spectra of solar flares. V. Interpretation of inner-shell transitions in Fe xx–Fe xxiii,” Astrophys. J. 245, 315–327 (1981).
[Crossref]

R. A. Brown and D. E. Shemansky, “On the nature of S ii emission from Jupiter’s hot plasma torus,” Astrophys. J. 263, 433–442 (1982).
[Crossref]

M. Malinovsky and L. Heroux, “Solar UV spectrometric measurements,” Astrophys. J. 181, 1009–1017 (1973).
[Crossref]

D. L. McKenzie, P. B. Landecker, R. M. Broussard, H. R. Rugge, R. M. Young, U. Feldman, and G. A. Doschek, “Solar flare x-ray spectra between 7.8 and 23.0 angstroms,” Astrophys. J. 241, 409–416 (1980).
[Crossref]

D. L. McKenzie and P. B. Landecker, “The solar coronal x-ray spectrum from 15.4 to 23.0 Å lines from highly ionized calcium and chromium and their usefulness as plasma diagnostics,” Astrophys. J. 254, 309–317 (1982).
[Crossref]

K. J. H. Phillips, J. W. Leibacher, C. J. Wolfson, J. H. Parkinson, B. C. Fawcett, B. J. Kent, H. E. Mason, L. W. Acton, J. L. Culhane, and A. H. Gabriel, “Solar flare x-ray spectra from the Solar Maximum Mission flat crystal spectrometer,” Astrophys. J. 256, 774–787 (1982).
[Crossref]

K. J. H. Phillips, J. R. Lemen, R. D. Cowan, G. A. Doscheck, and J. W. Leibacher, “Inner-shell transitions in Fe xix–xxii in the x-ray spectra of solar flares and tokamaks,” Astrophys. J. 265, 1120–1134 (1983).
[Crossref]

A. J. J. Raassen and J. E. Hansen, “Forbidden lines of four and five times ionized iron and nickel in the spectra of RR Telescop II and ETA carinae,” Astrophys. J. 243, 217–222 (1981).
[Crossref]

P. L. Roesler, R. J. Oliversen, F. Scherb, J. Lattis, T. E. Williams, D. G. York, E. B. Jenkins, J. L. Lawrance, P. Zucchino, and D. Long, “Fabray–Perot/CCP observations of [S iii] and [S ii] emissions from the Jupiter plasma torus,” Astrophys. J. 259, 900–907 (1982).
[Crossref]

Astrophys. J. Suppl. (1)

M. McCabe and H. C. McAllister, “Identification of Fe i lines in the ultraviolet solar spectrum,” Astrophys. J. Suppl. 48, 434–454 (1982).
[Crossref]

At. Data Nucl. Data Tables (5)

J. F. Saely, “Simulated Lyman-alpha and dielectronic satellite spectra, z= 6–20*,” At. Data Nucl. Data Tables 26, 137–164 (1981).
[Crossref]

L. A. Vainshtein and U. I. Sofronova, “Dielectronic satellite spectra for highly charged Li-like ions (2l′3l″–1s 2l, 2l′3l″–1s 3l) and He-like ions (1s 2l′3l″–1s22l, 1s 2&ifl′3l″–1s23l) with z= 6–33,” At. Data Nucl. Data Tables 25, 311–385 (1980).
[Crossref]

B. C. Fawcett, “Oscillator strengths and energy levels for Mg i-like ions,” At. Data Nucl. Data Tables 28, 579–596 (1983).
[Crossref]

B. C. Fawcett, “Oscillator strengths and energy levels for Al i-like ions,” At. Data Nucl. Data Tables 28, 557–578 (1983).
[Crossref]

B. C. Fawcett, “Oscillator strengths and energy levels O v to Ni xxv,” At. Data Nucl. Data Tables 30, 1–26 (1984).
[Crossref]

Can. J. Phys. (4)

C. Jacques, E. J. Knystautas, R. Drouin, and H. G. Berry, “Line identifications and lifetime measurements in singly and doubly excited C iv and in C v,” Can. J. Phys. 58, 1093–1098 (1980).
[Crossref]

Y. N. Joshi and Th. A. M. Van Kleef, “Revised and extended analysis of Cd iv,” Can. J. Phys. 58, 737–743 (1980).
[Crossref]

Y. N. Joshi and Th. A. M. Van Kleef, “The 4d85s, 4d85p and 4p54d10 configurations in the Te viii spectrum and the 4d86s configuration in the Te vii spectrum,” Can. J. Phys. 58, 1119–1125 (1980).
[Crossref]

Th. A. M. Van Kleef and Y. N. Joshi, “4d75s–4d75p transitions in Ag iv,” Can. J. Phys. 61, 36–39 (1983); “Analysis of 4d8–4d75p transitions in trebly ionized silver: Ag iv,” Can. J. Phys. Vol.  59, 1930–1939 (1981).
[Crossref]

Comments At. Mol. Phys. (1)

I. Martinson, “Studies of atomic structure using ion accelerators,” Comments At. Mol. Phys. 12, 19–37 (1982).

IEEE Trans. Nucl. Sci. (1)

B. M. Johnson, K. W. Jones, and D. C. Gregory, “Contributions to fusion research from studies of foil-excited heavy ion beams,” IEEE Trans. Nucl. Sci. NS-28, 1350–1353 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. Opt. Soc. Am. (34)

D. T. Kagan, J. G. Conway, and E. Meinders, “Spectrum and energy levels of four-times-ionized niobium,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 1193–1196 (1981).
[Crossref]

Y. N. Joshi and Th. A. M. Van Kleef, “Sixth spectrum of indium: In vi,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 72, 259–267 (1982).
[Crossref]

Y. N. Joshi and Th. A. M. Van Kleef, “Ninth spectrum of iodine: I ix,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 1344–1349 (1980).
[Crossref]

A. E. Livingston, E. H. Pinnington, D. J. G. Irwin, J. A. Kernahan, and R. L. Brooks, “Energies and lifetimes of excited atomic states in Ar v–Ar viii,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 442–447 (1981).
[Crossref]

V. Kaufman, J. Sugar, and J. L. Tech, “Analysis of the 4d9–4d85p transitions in nine-times ionized xenon (Xe x),” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 73, 691–693 (1983).
[Crossref]

J. A. Kernahan, E. H. Pinnington, J. A. O’Neill, J. L. Bahr, and K. E. Donnelly, “Study of the beam-foil spectrum of Xe vi, Xe vii and Xe viii from 500 to 1550 Å,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 1126–1130 (1980).
[Crossref]

M. A. Khan, “Spectra of Sn xx–Sn xxii in the extreme ultraviolet,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 72, 268–272 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. Klapisch, P. Mandelbaum, A. Bar-Shalom, J. L. Schwob, A. Zigler, and S. Jackel, “Identification of 3d–4p transitions in Co-like W xl, W iii and Tm xliii and in Cu-like W xlvi and Tm xli from laser produced plasmas,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 1276–1281 (1981).
[Crossref]

G. L. Epstein and J. Reader, “Spectrum and energy levels of triply ionized yttrium (Y iv),” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 72, 476–492 (1982).
[Crossref]

B. C. Fawcett, A. Ridgeley, and A. T. Hatter, “Spectra of transitions within the second shell belonging to elements between argon and vanadium,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 11, 1349–1354 (1980).
[Crossref]

P. G. Burkhalter, J. Reader, and R. D. Cowan, “Spectra of Mo xiii–xviii from a laser-produced plasma and a low-inductance vacuum spark,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 912–919 (1980).
[Crossref]

P. G. Burkhalter, L. Cohen, R. D. Cowan, and B. Sweeny, “Spectra of Nb xii–xvii from a low-inductance vacuum spark,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 72, 95–102 (1982).
[Crossref]

Y. Conturie, B. Yaakabi, U. Feldman, G. A. Doschek, and R. D. Cowan, “Observation of new lines of Xe xliv, xlv, xlvi and xlvii in the range 2.5–3.0 from laser-imploded targets,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 1309–1314 (1981).

R. D. Bleach, “X-UV spectra from Kr xi-xiv,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 861–863 (1980).
[Crossref]

N. Acquista and J. Reader, “Spectrum and energy levels of triply ionized zirconium (Zr iv),” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 789–792 (1980).
[Crossref]

N. Acquista and J. Reader, “Spectrum and energy levels of nine-times ionized strontium (Sr x),” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 569–573 (1981).
[Crossref]

Th. A. M. Van Kleef and Y. N. Joshi, “4d75s–4d75p transitions in the sixth spectrum of indium: In vi,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 72, 1348–1362 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. F. Wyart, J. Reader, and A. Ryabtsev, “3d–4p transitions in the zinc-like and copper-like ions Y x, X i, Zr xi, X ii, Nb xii, X iii, and Mo xiii,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 692–698 (1981).
[Crossref]

A. Zigler, H. Smora, N. Spector, M. Klapisch, J. L. Schwob, and A. Bar-Shalom, “Identification of the spectra of Hf xlv, Ta xlvi, W xlvii, and Re xlviii; isoelectronic to Ni i in laser-produced plasmas,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 129–132 (1980).
[Crossref]

Th. A. M. Van Kleef and Y. N. Joshi, “Sixth and seventh spectra of arsenic: As vi and As vii,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 491–499 (1980).
[Crossref]

Th. A. M. Van Kleef and Y. N. Joshi, “Analysis of 4d85s–4d8Sp and 4d9–4p54d10transitions in Sb vii,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 895–900 (1980).
[Crossref]

Th. A. M. Van Kleef and Y. N. Joshi, “Eleventh spectrum of cesium: CS xi,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 55–59 (1981).
[Crossref]

A. N. Ryabtsev and J. Reader, “Spectra of the cobalt-like ions Sr xii, Y xiii, Zr xiv, Nb xv and Mo xvi,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 72, 710–716 (1982).
[Crossref]

N. Schweitzer, M. Klapisch, J. L. Schwob, M. Finkenthal, P. Bar-Shalom, P. Mandelbaum, and B. S. Fraenkel, “Nickel-like spectra of elements Y xii to Ag xx from a vacuum spark,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 219–226 (1981).
[Crossref]

N. Spector, A. Zigler, H. Zmora, and J. L. Schwob, “Cr, Co and Ni transitions isoelectronic to the Fe xxiv–Fe xvii lines around 11 Å in laser-produced plasma,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 857–861 (1980).
[Crossref]

B. C. Stratton, W. L. Hodge, H. W. Moos, J. L. Schwob, S. Suckewer, M. Finkenthal, and S. Cohen, “Spectra of germanium and selenium in the 50–350 Å region from the PLT tokamak plasma,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 73, 877–881 (1983).
[Crossref]

J. Reader, “3p63d9–3p53d10 transitions in cobalt-like ions from Ba29+ to Yb43+,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 73, 63–65 (1983).
[Crossref]

J. Reader, 5s25p4–5s 5p5 transitions in Cs iv, Ba v, and La vi,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 73, 349–352 (1983).
[Crossref]

J. Reader, “3s2–3s 3p and 3s 3p–3s 3d transitions in magnesium-like ions from Sr26+ to Rh33+,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 73, 796–799 (1983).
[Crossref]

J. Reader and A. Ryabtsev, “3p63d8–3p53d9 transitions in Sr xiii, Y xiv, Nb xvi, and Mo xvii,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 231–237 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. Reader and N. Acquista, “Spectrum and energy levels of twelve-times ionized niobium (Nb xiii),” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 317–320 (1980).
[Crossref]

J. Reader and N. Acquista, “4s24p3–4s 4p4 and 4s24p3–4s24p25s transitions in Y vii, Zr viii, Nb ix, and Mo x,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 434–441 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. Reader, G. Luther, and N. Acquista, “Revised 6p2P1/2level of Mo xiv,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 204 (1981).
[Crossref]

S. O. Kastner, “Wavelength predictions for lines of interest in the Ne i sequence,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 70, 1550–1551 (1980).
[Crossref]

J. Phys. B. (27)

B. C. Fawcett, “Classifications in the period between calcium and iron of emission lines isoelectronic with those of carbon, nitrogen, oxygen and fluorine,” J. Phys. B. 4, 981–985 (1971).
[Crossref]

E. H. Pinnington, J. L. Bahr, J. A. Kernahan, and D. J. G. Irwin, “Beam-foil spectroscopy of As iii, iv and v,” J. Phys. B. 14, 1291–1301 (1981).
[Crossref]

R. Okasada and K. Fukuda, “Doubly excited levels of alkaline-earth elements near the first ionization line: I. Magnesium,” J. Phys. B. 15, 347–355 (1982).
[Crossref]

R. Okasada and K. Fukuda, “Doubly excited levels of alkaline-earth elements near the first ionization line: II. Calcium,” J. Phys. B. 15, 357–370 (1982).
[Crossref]

M. F. Stamp, I. A. Armour, N. J. Peacock, and J. D. Silver, “Accurate measurements of 1s 2s3S–1s 2p3P transition wavelengths of helium-like ions in tokamak plasmas,” J. Phys. B. 14, 3551–3561 (1981).
[Crossref]

M. F. Stamp and N. J. Peacock, “Improved wavelengths of n= 2–2 transitions in ionized titanium,” J. Phys. B. 15, L703–L707 (1982).
[Crossref]

E. Traebert, B. C. Fawcett, and J. D. Silver, “One- and two-electron one-photon satellite transitions in the x-ray spectrum of foil excited F and Si,” J. Phys. B. 15, 3587–3597 (1982).
[Crossref]

R. L. Watson, O. Benka, K. Parthasaradhi, R. J. Maurer, and J. M. Sanders, “Spectra of Ne–Kα x-ray satellites and hyper-satellites excited by 1.2–1.4-MeV anu−1He, C, Mg and Ar ions,” J. Phys. B. 16, 835–851 (1983).
[Crossref]

A. W. Weise, “Correlation corrections to energy levels of Fe xxi,” J. Phys. B.4331–4338 (1982).
[Crossref]

E. V. Aglitsky, E. Ya, Golts Yu, A. Levykin, and A. M. Livshits, “X-ray spectra of Ne-like ions of Ag, Cd, In and Sn,” J. Phys. B. 14, 1549–1552 (1981).
[Crossref]

S. M. Bentzen, T. Anderson, and O. Poulsen, “New identifications of doubly excited quartet states of Be ii,” J. Phys. B.L71–L74 (1982).
[Crossref]

M. S. Z. Chaghtai, Z. A. Khan, and K. Rahimullah, “4s24p2–4s 4p3 transitions in Zr ix,” J. Phys. B. 13, 2523–2526 (1980).
[Crossref]

M. S. Z. Chaghtai, Q. Shujauddin, and A. Mushtaq, “An experimental study of the 4p35p, 4f configurations of Nb viii,” J. Phys. B. 15, 2587–2594 (1982).
[Crossref]

B. C. Fawcett and A. Ridgeley, “Analysis of n= 3 to n= 4 spectra for ions from Mg x to Fe xxiv and P xi, xii,” J. Phys. B.203–208 (1981).
[Crossref]

M. Druetta, C. Jacques, and E. J. Knystautas, “Equilibrium charge state distributions in carbon, far-UV spectroscopes and radiative lifetimes of aluminium ions (Al vi–x),” J. Phys. B. 16, 167–176 (1983).
[Crossref]

K. T. Cheng, C. L. Froese-Fischer, and Y. Kim, “Intershell correlation corrections to the energy levels of the n= 2 states of Li-like to F-like ions,” J. Phys. B. 15, 181–189 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. Dabau and M. Loulergue, “High resolution spectra from inner-shell transitions in highly ionized chromium (Cr xix–xxiii),” J. Phys. B. 15, 1007–1019 (1981).

Z. A. Khan, M. S. Z. Chaghtai, and K. Rahimullah, “Transitions between excited energy levels of Zr vii,” J. Phys. B. 16, 1685–1693 (1983).
[Crossref]

H. A. Klein, S. Bashkin, B. P. Duval, F. Moscatelli, J. D. Silver, H. F. Beyer, and F. Folkmann, “Observations of the 1s 2s3S1–1s 2p3P2,0transitions in helium-like Ne8+ recoil ions produced in a gas target,” J. Phys. B. 15, 4507–4516 (1982).
[Crossref]

K. D. Lawson, N. J. Peacock, and M. F. Stamp, “Allowed and forbidden n= 2–2 transitions of the elements Ti, Cr, Fe, Co and Ni in tkamak discharges,” J. Phys. B. 14, 1929–1952 (1981).
[Crossref]

Z. A. Khan, M. S. Z. Chaghtai, and K. Rahimullah, “Resonance transitions in Zr viii,” J. Phys. B. 13, 2517–2522 (1980).
[Crossref]

J. G. Lunney and J. F. Seely, “Inner-shell excitation of argon dielectronic satellite spectral lines in imploded microballoon plasmas,” J. Phys. B.L121–L127 (1982).
[Crossref]

S. Mannervik, I. Martinson, and B. Jelenkovic, “On the quartet system of Be ii,” J. Phys. B. 14, L275–L278 (1981).
[Crossref]

C. Froese-Fischer, “Multiconfiguration Hartree–Fock Breit–Pauli 2P1/2–2P3/2transitions results for in the boron sequence,” J. Phys. B.157–165 (1983).
[Crossref]

Z. B. Goldschmidt, “The 3d 5g configuration of V vi,” J. Phys. B. 15, L581–L585 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. Hata and I. P. Grant, “The 1s 2s 2p2 5P–1s 2p3 5S transitions in the beryllium isoelectronic sequence,” J. Phys. B. 16, L125–L128 (1983).
[Crossref]

J. Hata and I. P. Grant, “Fine structure of the 1s 2s 2p4P∘ and 1s 2p2 4P terms of the lithium isoelectronic sequence and wavelengths of transitions between them,” J. Phys. B. 16, 915–925 (1983).
[Crossref]

J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data (5)

C. Martin and R. Zalubus, “Energy levels of sodium Na i–xi,” J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data 10, 153–195 (1981).
[Crossref]

C. Corliss and J. Sugar, “Energy levels of nickel Ni i–Ni xxxviii,” J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data 10, 197–289 (1981).
[Crossref]

C. Corliss and J. Sugar, “Energy levels of iron Fe i–Fe xxvi,” J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data 11, 135–241 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. Sugar and C. Corliss, “Energy levels of cobalt Co i–Co xxvii,” J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data 10, 1097–1174 (1981).
[Crossref]

V. Kaufman and B. Edlén, “Reference wavelengths from atomic spectra in the range 15 Å to 2500 Å,” J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data 3, 825–854 (1974).
[Crossref]

J. Phys. Soc. Jpn. (1)

K. Ando, “New identification of spectra of Mo xvi 3d9–3d84p,” J. Phys. Soc. Jpn. 51, 15–16 (1982).
[Crossref]

Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. (3)

K. Fukuda and T. Hasama, “Extreme ultraviolet spectra of emission from plasma focus. III. A iv to ix and Si vi to x ion lines from 60 to 350 Å,” Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 21, 178 (1982).
[Crossref]

T. Hasama, Y. Onishi, M. Uchiike, and K. Fukuda, “Extreme ultraviolet spectra of emission from plasma focus. I. Fe ion lines from 70 to 210 Å,” Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 20, 2269–2279 (1981).
[Crossref]

T. Hasama and K. Fukuda, “Extreme ultraviolet spectra of emission from plasma focus. II. Ar xi to Ar xv ion lines from 130 to 230 Å,” Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 21, 173–177 (1982).
[Crossref]

Liet. Fiz. Rinkinys (2)

A. A. Ramonas and A. N. Ryabtsev, “Spectra of Br viii, Br ix,” Liet. Fiz. Rinkinys 29, 65–73 (1980).

L. I. Podobedova, A. A. Ramonas, and A. N. Ryabtsev, “Analysis of the 3p63d8–3d74s transition in Ga vi,” Liet. Fiz. Rinkinys 23, 17–19 (1983).

Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. (6)

M. V. Penston, P. Benvenuti, A. Cassatella, A. Heck, P. Selvelli, F. Macchetto, D. Ponz, C. Jordan, N. Cramer, F. Rufener, and J. Manfroid, “IUE and other new observations of the slow nova RR Tel,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 202, 833–857 (1983).

H. E. Mason and P. J. Storey, “Atomic data for Fe xxii,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 191, 631–639 (1980).

J. Hata and I. P. Grant, “MCDF calculation of wavelengths and intensities of satellite lines in lithium-like ions,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 198, 1081–1088 (1982).

F. Bely-Dubau, J. Dubau, P. Faucher, and A. H. Gabriel, “Dielectronic satellite spectra for highly charged helium-like ions—VI. Iron spectra with improved inner-shell and helium-like excitation rates,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 198, 239–254 (1982).

F. Bely-Dubau, J. Dubau, P. Faucher, A. H. Gabriel, M. Loulergue, L. Steenman-Clark, S. Volonté, E. Antonucci, and C. G. Rapley, “Dielectronic satellite spectra for highly-charged helium-like ions—VII. Calcium spectra-theory and comparison with SMM observations,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 210, 1155–1169 (1982).

J. Dubau, A. H. Gabriel, M. Loulergue, L. Steenman-Clark, and S. Voloné, “Dielectronic satellite spectra for hydrogen-like iron in low density plasmas,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 195, 705–719 (1981).

Nucl. Instrum. Methods (5)

C. Jupen, “Beam-foil study of the 2p53s, 3p and 3d configurations of Cl viii,” Nucl. Instrum. Methods 202, 25–32 (1982).
[Crossref]

I. Martinson, “Recent progress in the studies of atomic spectra and transition probabilities by beam-foil spectroscopy,” Nucl. Instrum. Methods 202, 1–12 (1982).
[Crossref]

R. Hallin, J. A. Leavitt, A. Lindgard, P. W. Rathmann, H. Vach, and E. Veje, “Beam foil excitation of xenon, 4 MeV,” Nucl. Instrum. Methods 202, 41–44 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. P. Buchet, M. C. Buchet-Poulizac, A. Denis, J. Désesquelles, and M. Druetta, “Les transitions 2s3S–2p3P des ions heliumoides lourds: cas du Fe xxv,” Nucl. Instrum. Methods 202, 79–93 (1982).
[Crossref]

M. C. Buchet-Poulizac, J. P. Buchet, and P. Ceyzeriat, “Spectroscopic et durees due vie dons Ar vi–viii,” Nucl. Instrum. Methods 202, 13–18 (1982).
[Crossref]

Opt. Spectros. (1)

M. A. Bogdanovichene, E. Ya. Kononov, A. A. Ramones, and X. Ryabtsev, “Spectra of Y xiv–Mo xvii,” Opt. Spectros. 49, 447–452 (1980).

Opt. Spektrosk. (5)

L. I. Podobedova, A. A. Ramonas, and A. N. Ryabtsev, “Study of the 3d8–3d74p transition in the spectrum of Ge vii,” Opt. Spektrosk. 49, 453–459 (1980).

A. N. Ryabtsev and A. A. Ramonas, “3d3–3d24p transitions in the spectrum of Co vii,” Opt. Spektrosk. 49, 1050–1057 (1980).

A. N. Ryabtsev, “Spectra of Mn vi,” Opt. Spektrosk. 53, 23–25 (1982).

L. I. Podobedova, A. A. Ramonas, and A. N. Ryabtsev, “Spectra of Ge vii,” Opt. Spektrosk. 49, 453–459 (1980).

M. I. Bogdanovichene, E. Ya. Kononov, G. V. Merkelis, A. A. Ramonas, A. N. Ryabtsev, and S. S. Charilov, “Spectra of the 3p63d8–3p53d9 transition in Y xivMo xvii ions,” Opt. Spektrosk. 49, 447–452 (1980).

Phys. Lett. (2)

M. Finkenthal, E. Hinnov, S. Cohen, and S. Suckewer, “The 3s2 1S0–3s 3p3P1magnesium sequence intercombination lines from Sc x to Mo xxxi observed in the PLT tokamak,” Phys. Lett. 91, 284–286 (1982).
[Crossref]

S. Mannervik, “Identification of the 8508 Å line in lithium,” Phys. Lett. 92, 229–230 (1982).
[Crossref]

Phys. Lett. A (11)

A. E. Livingston and S. J. Hinterlong, “Observation of fine structure in the 1s 2s 2p25P–5P–1s 2p3 5S transition of core-excited O v,” Phys. Lett. A 80, 372–374 (1980).
[Crossref]

M. Klapisch, A. Bar-Shalom, P. Mandelbaum, J. L. Schwob, A. Zigler, H. Zmora, and S. Jackel, “Nickel-like spectra of Tm xlii and Yb xliii from laser produced plasma,” Phys. Lett. A 79, 67–70 (1980).
[Crossref]

M. Klapisch, P. Mandelbaum, J. L. Schwob, A. Bar-Shalom, and N. Schweitzer, “3d–4p transitions in the soft x-ray spectra of Mo xiv and of isoelectronic Y to Ag ions, from a low-inductance vacuum spark,” Phys. Lett. A 84, 177–181 (1981).
[Crossref]

B. M. Johnson, K. W. Jones, J. L. Cecchi, and T. H. Kruse, “EUV spectra of Mo xiv to Mo xxix,” Phys. Lett. A 78, 61–64 (1980).
[Crossref]

E. Hinnov and S. Suckewer, “Magnetic dipole transitions in highly ionized titanium, chromium, iron and nickel,” Phys. Lett. A 79, 298–299 (1980).
[Crossref]

M. Finkenthal, R. E. Bell, H. W. Moos, A. K. Bhatia, E. S. Marmar, J. L. Terry, and J. E. Rice, “The molybdenum spectrum emitted by a tokamak plasma in the 300–550 Å range,” Phys. Lett. A 82, 123–126 (1981).
[Crossref]

M. Finkenthal, R. E. Bell, and R. W. Moos, “Intercombination lines in Mg i-like Ti xi, V xii, Cr xiii and Fe xv spectrum obtained from a tokamak plasma,” Phys. Lett. A 88, 165–168 (1982).
[Crossref]

H. H. Bukow and G. Heine, “On two transitions in the quartet spectrum of Li i**,” Phys. Lett. A 82, 79–81 (1981).
[Crossref]

P. K. Carrol and G. O’Sullivan, “The observation of 5d–5f resonant emission in thorium in high ion stages (≈viii to xvi),” Phys. Lett. A 84, 59–61 (1981).
[Crossref]

E. Traebert, H. Hellmann, P. H. Heckmann, S. Bashkin, H. A. Klein, and J. D. Silver, “Fine structure transitions in doubly excited three-electron Mg9+,” Phys. Lett. A 93, 76–80 (1982).
[Crossref]

E. Traebert, K. W. Jones, B. M. Johnson, D. C. Gregory, and T. H. Kruse, “Beam-foil lifetimes of n= 3 levels in Fe xiii to Fe xvi. II. Analysis of decay curves,” Phys. Lett. A 87, 336–340 (1982).
[Crossref]

Phys. Rev. (1)

J. R. Roberts, V. Kaufman, J. Sugar, and T. L. Pittman, “Magnetic-dipole transitions observed in highly ionized Ga, Ge, As and Kr,” Phys. Rev. 27, 1271–1273 (1983).

Phys. Rev. A. (16)

J. Reader, “2s22p5–2s 2p6 transitions in the fluorine-like ions Sr29+ and Y30+,” Phys. Rev. A. 26, 501–503 (1982).
[Crossref]

Th. A. M. Van Kleef, A. N. Podebedova, A. N. Ryabtsev, and Y. N. Joshi, “Spectrum of quaduply ionized zinc: Zn v,” Phys. Rev. A. 25, 2017–2030 (1982).
[Crossref]

S. Suckewer, E. Hinnov, S. Cohen, M. Finkenthal, and K. Sato, “Identification of magnetic dipole lines above 2000 Å in several highly ionized Mo and Zr ions on the PLT tokamak,” Phys. Rev. A. 26, 1161–1163 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. Sugar and V. Kaufman, “Tokamak-generated tungsten radiation identified in Ag i isoelectronic sequence (W xxviii),” Phys. Rev. A. 21, 2096–2098 (1980).
[Crossref]

B. Denne, E. Hinnov, S. Suckewer, and S. Cohen, “Magnetic dipole lines in the 3s23px configurations from copper to molybdenum,” Phys. Rev. A. 28, 206–208 (1983).
[Crossref]

P. K. Carrol and G. O’Sullivan, “Ground-state configurations of ionic species i through xvi for Z= 57–74 and the interpretation of 4d–4f emission resonances in laser-produced plasmas,” Phys. Rev. A. 26, 275–286 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. P. Buchet, M. C. Buchet-Poulizac, A. Denis, J. Désesquelles, M. Druetta, J. P. Grandin, and X. Husson, “Wavelength measurement of the 1s 2s3S1–1s 2p3P2transition in helium-like Fe24+,” Phys. Rev. A. 23, 3354–3356 (1981).
[Crossref]

H. G. Berry, R. De Serio, and A. E. Livingston, “Wavelengths and fine structure of 2s–2p transitions in two- and three-electron ions,” Phys. Rev. A. 22, 998–1010 (1980).
[Crossref]

F. Bely-Dubau, P. Faucher, L. Steenman-Clark, M. Bitter, S. Von Goeler, K. W. Hill, C. Camhy-Val, and J. Dubau, “Satellite spectra for helium-like titanium,” Phys. Rev. A. 26, 3459–3669 (1982).
[Crossref]

R. De Serio, H. G. Berry, R. L. Brooks, J. Hardis, A. E. Livingston, and S. J. Hinterlog, “2s–2p transitions in helium-like ions,” Phys. Rev. A. 24, 1872–1888 (1981).
[Crossref]

E. Hinnov, S. Suckewer, S. Cohen, and K. Sato, “Observed transitions in n= 2 ground-state configurations of copper, nickel, iron, chromium and germanium in tokamak discharges,” Phys. Rev. A. 25, 2293–2301 (1982).
[Crossref]

E. Källne, J. Källne, and R. D. Cowan, “High-resolution x-ray spectra from molybdenum ions in the Alcator-C tokamak,” Phys. Rev. A. 27, 2682–2696 (1983).
[Crossref]

E. Källne, J. Källne, and A. K. Pradhan, “X-ray emission from He-like n= 2 charge states produced in tokamak plasmas,” Phys. Rev. A. 27, 1476–1486 (1983).
[Crossref]

M. Klapisch, E. Meroz, P. Mandelbaum, A. Zigler, C. Bauche-Arnoult, and J. Bauche, “Interpretation of unresolved arrays in the soft x-ray spectra of highly ionized molybdenum and palladium,” Phys. Rev. A. 25, 2391–2394 (1982).
[Crossref]

A. E. Livingston, L. J. Curtis, R. M. Schectman, and H. G. Berry, “Energies and lifetimes of excited states in copper-like Kr viii,” Phys. Rev. A. 21, 771–781 (1980).
[Crossref]

A. E. Livingston and S. J. Hinterlong, “Spectrum of Br vii,” Phys. Rev. A. 23, 758–760 (1981).
[Crossref]

Phys. Rev. Lett. (4)

J. G. Lunney and J. F. Seely, “Silicon satellite spectra from laser-imploded microballoons,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 46, 342–345 (1981).
[Crossref]

E. Källne, J. Källne, and J. E. Rice, “Observation of H- and He-like x-ray line emission in high-density tokamak plasmas,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 49, 330–333 (1982).
[Crossref]

M. Bitter, S. Von Goeler, K. W. Hill, R. Horton, D. Johnson, W. Roney, N. Sauthoff, E. Silver, and W. Stodiek, “Unresolved dielectronic satellites of the resonance line of helium-like iron (Fe xxv),” Phys. Rev. Lett. 47, 921–924 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. Reader and G. Luther, “Spectra of very highly charged Cu and Zn-like ions,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 45, 600–612 (1980).
[Crossref]

Phys. Scr. (56)

J. Reader and G. Luther, “The copper isoelectronic sequence: Ba27+–W45+,” Phys. Scr. 24, 732–737 (1981).
[Crossref]

Q. Shujauddin, A. Mushtag, and M. S. Z. Chaghtai, “The fifth spectrum of niobium (Nb v),” Phys. Scr. 25, 924–928 (1982).
[Crossref]

Q. Shujauddin, M. S. Z. Chaghtai, A. Mushtag, and A. Tauheed, “The spectrum of five-times ionized niobium (Nb vi),” Phys. Scr. 26, 91–96 (1982).
[Crossref]

R. Smitt and L. A. Svensson, “The configurations 3s23p53d and 3s 3p63d in Mn viii and Fe ix,” Phys. Scr. 27, 364–366 (1983).
[Crossref]

K. Rahimullah, Z. A. Khan, and M. S. Z. Chaghtai, “Spectrum of trebly ionized zirconium (Zr iv),” Phys. Scr. 22, 493–497 (1980).
[Crossref]

E. Meinders, F. G. Meijer, and L. Remnijn, “The spectrum of triply ionized niobium,” Phys. Scr. 25, 527–535 (1982).
[Crossref]

S. G. Pettersson, “The spectrum of O iii,” Phys. Scr. 26, 296–318 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. Sugar and V. Kaufman, “Ag i isoelectronic sequence: wavelengths and energy levels for Cc xii through Ho xxi and for W xxviii,” Phys. Scr. 24, 742–746 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. Sugar and V. Kaufman, “Resonance lines in the Pd i isoelectronic sequence: iviii to Ho xxii,” Phys. Scr. 26, 419–421 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. Sugar, V. Kaufman, and D. Cooper, “C i isoelectronic sequence: observations of 2sm 2pn–2sm−12pn+1 intersystem transitions and improved measurement for Ci xii, K xiv, Ca xv, Sc xvi, Ti xvii and V xviii,” Phys. Scr. 26, 189–193 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. Sugar, V. Kaufman, and D. Cooper, “B i isoelectronic sequence: observation of 2s 2p2–2p3 intersystem lines in Sc xvii and improved measurements for Cl xiii, K xv, Ca xvi, Sc xvii and Ti xviii,” Phys. Scr. 26, 293–295 (1982).
[Crossref]

N. Svendenivs, C. E. Magnusson, and P. O. Zetterberg, “The spectrum of singly ionized phosphorus, P ii,” Phys. Scr. 27, 339–363 (1983).
[Crossref]

Th. A. M. Van Kleef and Y. N. Joshi, “Analysis of the 4d95d, 4d85s2and 4d96s configurations of In iv and Sn v,” Phys. Scr. 24, 557–565 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. F. Wyart, V. Kaufman, and J. Sugar, “The 4f135f configuration in the isoelectronic sequence of Yb iii,” Phys. Scr. 23, 1069–1078 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. F. Wyart, M. Klapisch, J. L. Schwob, and N. Schweitzer, “The 3d9–3d84p transitions in the spectra of highly-ionised elements yttrium to silver (Y xiii–Ag xxi),” Phys. Scr. 26, 141–154 (1982).
[Crossref]

J. F. Wyart, M. Klapisch, J. L. Schwob, and P. Mandelbaum, “Spectra of the iron-like ions from Y xiv to Ag xxii,” Phys. Scr. 27, 275–290 (1983).
[Crossref]

S. Suckewer, “Spectroscopic diagnostics of tokamak plasmas,” Phys. Scr. 23, 72–86 (1981).
[Crossref]

M. C. Buchet-Poulizac and J. P. Buchet, “Beam-foil study of the 2s22p53/ and 2s 2p63/ configurations of Ar ix,” Phys. Scr. 27, 99–102 (1983).
[Crossref]

S. Bashkin, R. Hallin, J. Leavitt, U. Litzen, and D. Walker, “Hydrogenic terms and the ionization potential fo Xe viii,” Phys. Scr. 23, 5–6 (1981).
[Crossref]

T. Andersen, S. M. Bentzen, and O. Poulsen, “Doubly excited states in Be iii,” Phys. Scr. 22, 119–122 (1980).
[Crossref]

H. G. Berry, R. L. Brooks, K. T. Cheng, J. E. Hardis, and W. Ray, “The 5P–5S transitions in C iii, N iv and O iv,” Phys. Scr. 25, 391–393 (1982).
[Crossref]

H. G. Berry, “Multi-charged ion spectroscopy,” Phys. Scr. T3, 56–62 (1983).
[Crossref]

U. Feldman, “The use of spectra/emission lines in the diagnostics of hot solar plasmas,” Phys. Scr. 24, 681–711 (1981).
[Crossref]

B. C. Fawcett, “Classification of the spectra of highly ionized atoms during the last seven years,” Phys. Scr. 24, 663–680 (1981).
[Crossref]

R. D. Cowan, “Progress in the spectroscopy of highly ionized atoms and its use in plasma diagnostics,” Phys. Scr. 24, 615–621 (1981).
[Crossref]

R. D. Cowan, “Effects of autoionizing levels in highly ionized atoms,” Phys. Scr. T3, 200–207 (1983).
[Crossref]

L. J. Curtis and P.S. Ramanujam, “Semi-empirical calculations of fine structure splittings and ionization potentials in the Mg i isoelectronic sequence”; “Isoelectronic wavelength predictions for magnetic-dipole, electric-quadrupole and intercombination transitions in the Mg sequence,” Phys. Scr. 23, 1043–1046 (1981).
[Crossref]

B. Edlén, “A critical compilation of energy levels in the configurations 2smpk(m= 2, 1, 0) of F i-, O i- and Be i-like spectra,” Phys. Scr. 22, 593–602 (1981).
[Crossref]

B. Edlén, “Critical compilation of energy levels of the low configuration in boron-like ions,” Phys. Scr. 23, 1079–1086 (1981).
[Crossref]

B. Edlén, “Accurate values of the energy intervals in the configurations 1s22s22p(k= 1–5),” Phys. Scr. 26, 71–83 (1982).
[Crossref]

B. Edlén, “Early observations of highly charged ions,” Phys. Scr. 25, 5–6 (1983).
[Crossref]

B. Edlén, “Comparison of theoretical and experimental level values of the n= 2 complex in ions isoelectronic with Li, Be, O and F,” Phys. Scr. 25, 293–310 (1983).

B. Edlén, “Comparison of theoretical and experimental level values of the n= 2 configurations in the boron isoelectronic sequence,” Phys. Scr. 25, 345–358 (1983).

J. O. Ekberg, “Term analysis of Fe vii,” Phys. Scr. 23, 7–20 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. O. Ekberg and L. Engström, “Extended analysis of Cr iv,” Phys. Scr. 25, 611–622 (1982).
[Crossref]

E. Källne and J. Källne, “High resolution x-ray spectroscopy for diagnostics of single tokamak discharges,” Phys. Scr. T3, 185–190 (1983).
[Crossref]

V. Kaufman, “The spectrum of neutral sulfur (S i) in the vacuum ultraviolet,” Phys. Scr. 26, 439–442 (1982).
[Crossref]

V. Kaufman and J. Sugar, “Ag i isoelectronic sequence: wavelengths and energy levels for I vii through La xi,” Phys. Scr. 24, 738–741 (1981).
[Crossref]

V. Kaufman, J. Sugar, and D. Cooper, “N i isoelectronic sequence: observations of 2sm 2pn–2sm−12pn+1 intersystem transitions and improved measurements for Cl xi, K xiii, Ca xiv, Sc xv, Ti xvi and V xvii,” Phys. Scr. 26, 163–167 (1982).
[Crossref]

V. Kaufman, J. Sugar, and D. Cooper, “F i and O i isoelectronic sequences: observations of 2sm 2pn–;2sm−12pn+1 intersystem transitions and improved measurements for Cl, K, Ca, Sc, Ti and V,” Phys. Scr. 25, 623–626 (1982).
[Crossref]

S. Huldt, S. Johansson, and U. Litzen, “The spectrum and term system of singly ionized titanium, Ti ii,” Phys. Scr. 25, 401–412 (1982).
[Crossref]

R. Glass, “Oscillator strengths, transition probabilities and lifetimes for allowed transitions in Ne vii,” Phys. Scr. 23, 24–28 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. E. Hansen and W. P. Persson, “Revised analysis of the 5p4 ground configuration of two-times ionized Xe (Xe iii) and reevaluation of transition probabilities for forbidden lines within this configuration,” Phys. Scr. 25, 487–590 (1982).
[Crossref]

I. Joelsson, P. O. Zetterberg, and C. E. Magnusson, “The spectrum and term system of S v,” Phys. Scr. 23, 1087–1095 (1981).
[Crossref]

Y. N. Joshi and Th. A. M. Van Kleef, “Ninth spectrum of bromine: Br ix,” Phys. Scr. 23, 249–252 (1981).
[Crossref]

A. M. Malvezzi, “The grazing incidence spectrum and term system of N vi,” Phys. Scr. 27, 413–416 (1983).
[Crossref]

P. Mandelbaum, M. Klapisch, A. Bar-Shalom, and J. L. Schwob, “Classification of x-ray spectra from laser produced plasmas of atoms from Tm to Pt in the range 6–9 Å,” Phys. Scr. 27, 39–53 (1983).
[Crossref]

E. Markiewicz, R. P. McEachran, and M. Cohen, “The polarised frozen-core approximation: oscillator strengths for the beryllium isoelectronic sequence,” Phys. Scr. 23, 828–834 (1981).
[Crossref]

W. C. Martin, “Series formulae for the He i-like spectra Na x through Ar xvii (z= 11–18),” Phys. Scr. 24, 725–731 (1981).
[Crossref]

S. Mannervik and H. Cederquist, “The quartet system of Li i,” Phys. Scr. 27, 175–182 (1983).
[Crossref]

I. Martinson, “Spectra and level classification of highly ionized atoms,” Phys. Scr. 23, 126–135 (1981).
[Crossref]

I. Martinson, B. Denne, J. O. Ekberg, L. Engström, S. Huldt, C. Jupen, U. Litzen, S. Mannervik, and A. Trigueiros, “Transitions in multiply excited F vi and F vii,” Phys. Scr. 27, 201–206 (1983).
[Crossref]

E. Ya. Kononov, “Spectra of highly ionized atoms in hot plasmas: conditions for production and observation,” Phys. Scr. 27, 117–124 (1983).
[Crossref]

Z. A. Khan, M. S. Z. Chaghtai, and K. Rahimullah, “Classified lines and energy levels of doubly ionized zirconium (Zr iii),” Phys. Scr. 23, 29–37 (1981).
[Crossref]

Z. A. Khan, M. S. Z. Chaghtai, and K. Rahimullah, “Spectrum of five times ionized zirconium (Zr vi),” Phys. Scr. 23, 837–842 (1981).
[Crossref]

Z. A. Khan, K. Rahimullah, and M. S. Z. Chaghtai, “Additions to the spectrum of quadruply ionized zirconium (Zr v),” Phys. Scr. 23, 843–848 (1981).
[Crossref]

Physica (7)

J. E. Hansen and A. J. J. Raassen, “A study of fitted and calculated parameter values in iii, iv, V and vi spectra of the iron group elements,” Physica 111C, 76–101 (1981).

Th. A. M. Van Kleef, Y. N. Joshi, and R. P. Srivastava, “Analysis of Cd v. I. 4d8–4d75p transitions,” Physica 114C, 105–116 (1982).

Th. A. M. Van Kleef and Y. N. Joshi, “Analysis of Cd v. II. 4d75s–4d75p transitions,” Physica 114C, 117–125 (1982).

M. Mazzoni, G. P. Tozzi, A. M. Cantu, and M. Pettini, “Extended analysis of the VUV spectrum of neutral carbon,” Physica 111C, 379–385 (1981).

E. Meinders and P. Uijlings, “Extended analysis of Cu iv; the wavelength region 700–1200 Å,” Physica 100C, 389–403 (1980).

A. J. J. Raassen, “Analysis of the sixth spectrum of nickel (Ni vi),” Physica 100C, 404–424 (1980).

A. J. J. Raassen and Th. A. M. Van Kleef, “Analysis of the sixth spectrum of copper (Cu VI),” Physica 103C, 412–428 (1981).

Solar Phys. (3)

S. O. Kastner, “Proposed Mg v, Fe xiv and forbidden Fe xvii line identifications in the EUV solar spectrum,” Solar Phys. 81, 59–61 (1982).
[Crossref]

S. O. Kastner, “Proposed Mg v, Fe xiv and forbidden Fe xvii line identifications in the EUV solar spectrum,” Solar Phys. 81, 59–61 (1982).
[Crossref]

V. V. Krutov, V. V. Korneev, V. Karev, V. M. Lomkova, G. Bromboszcz, M. Saikowski, J. Sylwester, and S. Vasha, “Analysis of the high-resolution x-ray spectra obtained aboard the Intercosmos 16 satellite,” Solar Phys. 73, 105–119 (1981).
[Crossref]

Space Science Rev. (1)

S. Johansson, “Atomic spectroscopy for astrophysical applications,” Space Science Rev. 30, 387–390 (1981).

X-Ray Spectrom. (1)

B. S. Fraenkel, “Space resolved x-ray spectroscopy for tokamak,” X-Ray Spectrom. 9, 189–194 (1980).
[Crossref]

Zh. Eksp. Theor. Fiz. (1)

V. A. Bryzgunov, S. Y. Lukyanov, A. M. Pakhomov, A. M. Potapov, and S. A. Chuvatin, Zh. Eksp. Theor. Fiz. 18, 1907 (1982).

Other (22)

W. A. Brown, M. E. Bruner, and L. W. Acton, “Performance of a solar soft x-ray spectrograph-telescope,” Astrophys. J. (to be published).

M. S. Z. Chaghtai and T. Ahmad, “The molybedenum spectra of Mo i–xlii,” (International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, Austria, 1982).

R. D. Cowan, The Theory of Atomic Structure and Spectra (U. California Press, Berkeley, Calif., 1981).

E. Biemont and G. E. Bromage, “Transition probabilities for forbidden lines: The silicon isoelectronic sequence from S iii to Sn xxxvii,” Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. (to be published).

S. Bashkin and J. O. Stoner, Atomic Energy Level and Grotian Diagrams (North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1978–1982), Vols. 1–4.

B. C. Fawcett, “Oscillator strengths Be i to O iv,” At. Data Nucl. Data Tables (to be published).

B. C. Fawcett, “The atomic structure Hartree–Fock-relativistic and Hartree–XR program-package translated for IBM from the Cowan-CDC version, plus the Zeeman parameter optimisation,” (Rutherford Appleton Laboratory, Chilton, U.K., 1983).

M. Finkenthal, R. E. Bell, and H. W. Moos, “Forbidden (M i) lines in the spectra of titanium, vanadium, chromium, iron, and nickel observed in the TFR tokamak plasma,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. (to be published).

R. L. Kelly, “Atomic and ionic spectrum lines below 2000 Å,” , (Oak Ridge, National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn., Controlled Fusion Atomic Data 1982); see also R. L. Kelly, NASA Tech. Memor. 80268 (National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, D.C., 1979); R. L. Kelly and L. J. Palumbo, NRL Rep. 7599 (Naval Research Laboratory, Washington, D.C., 1973).
[Crossref]

V. I. Kovalev, preprint No. 8 (Institute for Spectroscopy, Moscow, 1981).

K. Mori, “Grotian diagrams for highly ionized Ti V-Ti XXII (Tokia-Mura, Naka-Gun, Ibaraki-Ken, Japan, 1982).

J. E. Pettersson, “The spectrum of singly ionized sulphur S ii,” Ph.D. Thesis (University of Lund, Lund, Sweden1982).

A. R. Striganov and G. A. Odintsova, Tabulated Spectral Lines of Atoms and Ions (Ehnergiozdat, Moscow, 1982).

E. V. Aglitsky, P. S. Antsyferow, and A. M. Panin, “X-ray spectra of He-like ions of Ga and Ge excited in low inductance vacuum spark plasma,” Opt. Commun. (to be published).

E. V. Aglitsky and A. M. Panin, “Observations of 1s2–1snp transitions of He-like Ti, Fe, Ni and Cu ions excited in low inductance vacuum spark plasma,” Opt. Spektrosk. (to be published).

E. Ya. Kononov, “Spectra of Fe 18–20,” (Spectroscopic Institute, Moscow, 1981).

E. Ya. Kononov, L. I. Podobedova, and S. S. Chyrilov, “Spectra of 3–3transitions in Ag xxii–Sn xxv ions of the Fe i isoelectronic sequence,” Opt. Spektrosk. (to be published).

E. Ya. Kononov, A. E. Kramida, L. I. Podobedova, E. N. Ragozin, and V. A. Chirkov, “Analysis of the 3s–3p and 3p–3d transitions of S vii from laser-produced-plasma,” Phys. Scr. (to be published).

A. E. Kramida, L. I. Podobedova, E. N. Ragozin, and V. A. Chirkov, “Analysis of the 3s–3p and 3p–3d transitions of Cl viii from laser-produced-plasma,” Phys. Scr. (to be published).

B. Denne, E. Hinnov, S. Suckewer, and J. Timberlake, “On the ground configuration of the phosphorus sequence from copper to molybdenum” (to be published).

A. N. Ryabtsev, “Analysis of the 4d9–4d85p transitions in eleven-times ionized barium (Ba xii),” Phys. Scr. (to be published).

M. Bitter, S. Goeler, K. W. Cohen, and S. Hill, “Dielectronic satellite spectra of hydrogen-like titanium, Ti xxii,” (Princeton U. Press, Princeton, N.J., 1983); Phys. Rev. A. (to be published).

Cited By

OSA participates in Crossref's Cited-By Linking service. Citing articles from OSA journals and other participating publishers are listed here.

Alert me when this article is cited.


Figures (14)

Fig. 1
Fig. 1

Time-resolved intensity profiles of spectral lines of multiply ionized argon emitted from the Zeta torroidal plasma device. From B. C. Fawcett, B. B. Jones, and R. Wilson, Proc. Phys. Soc. 78, 1223 (1961).

Fig. 2
Fig. 2

Comparison of experimental and theoretical x-ray spectra in the region of molybdenum 2p–3p emission from the ALCATOR-C plasma. From E. Källne, J. Källne, and R. D. Cowan, Phys. Rev. A. 27, 2 682 (1983).

Fig. 3
Fig. 3

Satellite spectra of highly ionized iron emitted from the Princeton Large Tokamak in the wavelength region near 1.7 Å. From S. V. Goeler et al., Rep. PPL-1383 (Princeton U. Press, Princeton, N.J., 1977); Phys. Rev. A. 19, 1770 (1979).

Fig. 4
Fig. 4

Spectra of Δn = 3–3 transitions of selenium and germanium emitted from the Princeton Large Torus plasma. From B. C. Stratton, W. L. Hodge, H. W. Moos, J. L. Schwob, S. Suckewer, M. Finkenthal, S. Cohen, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 73, 877 (1983).

Fig. 5
Fig. 5

Spectra of Δn = 2–2 transitions of scandium, titanium, and vanadium emitted from laser-produced plasmas. From B. C. Fawcett, J. Phys. B. 4, 981 (1971).

Fig. 6
Fig. 6

Laser-produced-spectra of Δn = 4–4 transitions in copperlike and zinclike neodymium, gadolinium, erbium, tungsten: A, 4p2P1/2–4d2D3/2; B, 4d2D3/2–4f2F5/2; C, 4d2D5/2–4f2F7/2; D, 4p2P3/2–4d; 2D5/2; E, 4p2P3/2–4d2D3/2 (tentative identifications); F, 4s2 1S0–4s4p1P1; G, 4s 2S1/2–4p2P3/2. From J. Reader and G. Luther, Phys. Rev. Lett. 45, 600 (1980).

Fig. 7
Fig. 7

Laser-produced spectra and theoretical spectra of tungsten. (a) 3d10 4f–3d9 4p4f, (b) 3d10 4d–3d9 4p4d, (c) 3d10 4p–3d9 4p2, (d) 3d10 4s–3d9 4p4s, (e) 3d9–3d84p, (f) synthetic spectrum obtained by the superposition of the above arrays convoluted by an instrumental and a Doppler profile, (g) experimental spectrum. From M. Klapisch, P. Mandelbaum, A. Barshalom, J. L. Schwob, A. Zigler, and S. Jackel, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 1276 (1981).

Fig. 8
Fig. 8

Experimental spectrum of palladium in laser-produced plasma (this work) compared with theoretical unresolved transition arrays. The intensity of each array was adjusted to obtain the best fit. 3dN+1–3dN4p transitions: a, b, Pd xix; c-f, i, k, m, o, Pd xx to Pd xxvii. 3dN+1–3dN4f transitions: g, h, Pd xix; j, l, n, p–t, Pd xx to Pd xxvii. From M. Klapisch, E. Meroz, P. Mandelbaum, A. Zigler, C. Bauche-Arnoult, and J. Bauche, Phys. Rev. A. 25, 2391 (1982).

Fig. 9
Fig. 9

Beam-foil spectra: wavelength scan from 253 to 284 Å, including the Fe xxv 2s3S1–2p3P2 transition. Iron beam energy is 7 MeV/amu. The solid line represents a fit using Gaussian profiles. From J. P. Bouchet, M. C. Buchet-Poulizac, A. Denis, J. Désequelles, M. Druetta, J. P. Grandin, and X. Husson, Phys. Rev. A. 23, 3354 (1981).

Fig. 10
Fig. 10

Beam-foil spectrum of argon in the 640–720-Å region. From M. C. Buchet-Poulizac and J. P. Buchet, Phys. Scr. 27, 99 (1983).

Fig. 11
Fig. 11

SMM x-ray polychromator (XRP flat beryl crystal spectrometer spectra of a solar flare (10.5–14.8 Å). The SMM/XRP experiment was carried out by the Rutherford Appleton Laboratory; University College, London; and Lockheed Palo Alto Research Laboratory. From K. J. H. Phillips et al., Astrophys. J. 256, 774 (1982).

Fig. 12
Fig. 12

SMM XRP bent germanium crystal spectrometer spectrum of a solar flare (1.84–1.90 Å) (top) compared with computed spectrum (bottom). The SMM/XRP experiment was carried out by the Rutherford Appleton Laboratory; University College, London; and Lockheed Palo Alto Research Laboratory. From A. H. Gabriel et al., in Proceedings of the Committee on Space and Astronomical Research, Paper E216 (1980).

Fig. 13
Fig. 13

Comparison of the spectra of Y xi, Zr xii, Nb xiii, and Mo xiv showing isoelectronic regularities in the region of the strongest 3d10 4s–3d9 4s4p transitions (capital letters), 3d10 4p–3d9 4p2 transitions (lower-case letters), and 3d10 4s–3d10 7p transitions (greek letters). Complete designations are given in Tables 1 and 8. Lines marked with dots pertain to higher ionization stages in Y; two of them have been classified as Y xiv. From J. F. Wyart, J. Reader, and A. Ryabtsev, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 71, 692 (1981).

Fig. 14
Fig. 14

Term diagram for S v. From I. Joelsson, P. O. Zetterberg, and C. E. Magnusson, Phys. Scr. 23, 1087.

Tables (9)

Tables Icon

Table 1 Observed Forbidden Lines n = 2

Tables Icon

Table 2 Observed Forbidden Lines n = 3a

Tables Icon

Table 3 Mg i-like 3s2 1S0–3s3p3P1 Intercombination Lines

Tables Icon

Table 4 Index Relating References to Ions Studied for Heavy Elements Listed by Isoelectronic Sequence (Fe i-, Co i-, Ni i-, Cu i-, Zn i-, and Mn i-like Ions)

Tables Icon

Table 5 Index Relating References to Ions Studied for Heavy Elements Listed by Isoelectronic Sequence (Ru i-, Rh i-, Pd i-, and Ag i-like Ions)

Tables Icon

Table 6 Index Relating References to Ions Studied for Heavy Elements Listed in the Ne i and F i Isoelectronic Sequence

Tables Icon

Table 7 Index Relating References to Ions Studied for Lithium-Krypton

Tables Icon

Table 8 Index Relating References to Ions Studied for Heavy Elements Listed by Isoelectronic Sequence (Ge i-, As i-, Se i-, Br i-, Kr i-, Rb i-, and Sr i-like Ions)

Tables Icon

Table 9 Index Relating References to Ions Studied for Heavy Ions Not Covered in Tables 59

Metrics